[go: up one dir, main page]

US20130184258A1 - Compositions Useful as Inhibitors of Voltage-Gated Sodium Channels - Google Patents

Compositions Useful as Inhibitors of Voltage-Gated Sodium Channels Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20130184258A1
US20130184258A1 US13/661,337 US201213661337A US2013184258A1 US 20130184258 A1 US20130184258 A1 US 20130184258A1 US 201213661337 A US201213661337 A US 201213661337A US 2013184258 A1 US2013184258 A1 US 2013184258A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
aliphatic
alkyl
ring
mmol
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/661,337
Inventor
Jesus E. Gonzalez, III
Andreas P. Termin
Esther Martinborough
Nicole Hilgraf
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to US13/661,337 priority Critical patent/US20130184258A1/en
Publication of US20130184258A1 publication Critical patent/US20130184258A1/en
Assigned to VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED reassignment VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: GONZALEZ, JESUS E., III, MARTINBOROUGH, ESTHER, TERMIN, ANDREAS P., ZIMMERMAN, NICOLE
Assigned to MACQUARIE US TRADING LLC reassignment MACQUARIE US TRADING LLC SECURITY INTEREST Assignors: VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS (SAN DIEGO) LLC, VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED
Assigned to VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED, VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS (SAN DIEGO) LLC reassignment VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MACQUARIE US TRADING LLC
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06Antimigraine agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A61P25/10Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants for petit-mal
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A61P25/12Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants for grand-mal
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22Anxiolytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/20Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • A61P31/22Antivirals for DNA viruses for herpes viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/06Antiarrhythmics
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C04CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
    • C04BLIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
    • C04B35/00Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products
    • C04B35/622Forming processes; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products
    • C04B35/626Preparing or treating the powders individually or as batches ; preparing or treating macroscopic reinforcing agents for ceramic products, e.g. fibres; mechanical aspects section B
    • C04B35/63Preparing or treating the powders individually or as batches ; preparing or treating macroscopic reinforcing agents for ceramic products, e.g. fibres; mechanical aspects section B using additives specially adapted for forming the products, e.g.. binder binders
    • C04B35/632Organic additives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/30Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/45Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups at least one of the singly-bound nitrogen atoms being part of any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom, e.g. N-acylaminosulfonamides
    • C07C311/46Y being a hydrogen or a carbon atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/50Compounds containing any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom
    • C07C311/51Y being a hydrogen or a carbon atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/56Ring systems containing three or more rings
    • C07D209/80[b, c]- or [b, d]-condensed
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/56Ring systems containing three or more rings
    • C07D209/80[b, c]- or [b, d]-condensed
    • C07D209/90Benzo [c, d] indoles; Hydrogenated benzo [c, d] indoles
    • C07D209/92Naphthostyrils
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/76Nitrogen atoms to which a second hetero atom is attached
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/38Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/38Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D231/42Benzene-sulfonamido pyrazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D237/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings
    • C07D237/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D237/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D237/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D237/20Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D237/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings
    • C07D237/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D237/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D237/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D237/22Nitrogen and oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/42One nitrogen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/47One nitrogen atom and one oxygen or sulfur atom, e.g. cytosine
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/52Two oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/52Two oxygen atoms
    • C07D239/54Two oxygen atoms as doubly bound oxygen atoms or as unsubstituted hydroxy radicals
    • C07D239/545Two oxygen atoms as doubly bound oxygen atoms or as unsubstituted hydroxy radicals with other hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/69Benzenesulfonamido-pyrimidines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D241/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
    • C07D241/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D241/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D241/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D241/20Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D241/22Benzenesulfonamido pyrazines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D261/14Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D261/16Benzene-sulfonamido isoxazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D263/30Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D263/34Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D263/48Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C07D263/50Benzene-sulfonamido oxazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/38Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D277/50Nitrogen atoms bound to hetero atoms
    • C07D277/52Nitrogen atoms bound to hetero atoms to sulfur atoms, e.g. sulfonamides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/68Benzothiazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D277/82Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D285/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
    • C07D285/01Five-membered rings
    • C07D285/02Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/04Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles not condensed with other rings
    • C07D285/121,3,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/1251,3,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-thiadiazoles with oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atoms, directly attached to ring carbon atoms, the nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D285/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
    • C07D285/01Five-membered rings
    • C07D285/02Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/04Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles not condensed with other rings
    • C07D285/121,3,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/1251,3,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-thiadiazoles with oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atoms, directly attached to ring carbon atoms, the nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C07D285/135Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/22Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with hetero atoms directly attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/26Sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D407/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00
    • C07D407/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D407/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/02Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/06Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
    • C07C2601/08Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being saturated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/14The ring being saturated

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels and calcium channels.
  • the invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising the compounds of the invention and methods of using the compositions in the treatment of various disorders.
  • Na channels are central to the generation of action potentials in all excitable cells such as neurons and myocytes. They play key roles in excitable tissue including brain, smooth muscles of the gastrointestinal tract, skeletal muscle, the peripheral nervous system, spinal cord and airway. As such they play key roles in a variety of disease states such as epilepsy (See, Moulard, B. and D. Bertrand (2002) “Epilepsy and sodium channel blockers” Expert Opin. Ther. Patents 12(1): 85-91)), pain (See, Waxman, S. G., S. Dib-Hajj, et al. (1999) “Sodium channels and pain” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96(14): 7635-9 and Waxman, S. G., T. R.
  • Voltage gated Na channels comprise a gene family consisting of 9 different subtypes (NaV1.1-NaV1.9). As shown in Table 1, these subtypes show tissue specific localization and functional differences (See, Goldin, A. L. (2001) “Resurgence of sodium channel research” Annu Rev Physiol 63: 871-94). Three members of the gene family (NaV1.8, 1.9, 1.5) are resistant to block by the well-known Na channel blocker TTX, demonstrating subtype specificity within this gene family. Mutational analysis has identified glutamate 387 as a critical residue for TTX binding (See, Noda, M., H. Suzuki, et al. (1989) “A single point mutation confers tetrodotoxin and saxitoxin insensitivity on the sodium channel II” FEBS Lett 259(1): 213-6).
  • CNS central nervous system
  • PNS peripheral nervous sytem
  • DRG dorsal root ganglion
  • TG Trigeminal ganglion
  • NaV channels voltage-gated sodium channels
  • Antagonists of NaV channels can attenuate these pain signals and are useful for treating a variety of pain conditions, including but not limited to acute, chronic, inflammatory, and neuropathic pain.
  • Known NaV antagonists such as TTX, lidocaine (See, Mao, J. and L. L. Chen (2000) “Systemic lidocaine for neuropathic pain relief” Pain 87(1): 7-17) bupivacaine, phenyloin (See, Jensen, T. S.
  • Hyperalgesia extreme sensitivity to something painful
  • Voltage sensitive sodium channels activation is critical for the generation and propagation of neuronal action potentials.
  • modulation of NaV currents is an endogenous mechanism used to control neuronal excitability (See, Goldin, A. L. (2001) “Resurgence of sodium channel research” Annu Rev Physiol 63: 871-94).
  • DRG dorsal root ganglion
  • TTX-resistant current is insensitive to micromolar concentrations of tetrodotoxin, and displays slow activation and inactivation kinetics and a more depolarized activation threshold when compared to other voltage-gated sodium channels.
  • TTX-resistant sodium currents are primarily restricted to a subpopulation of sensory neurons likely to be involved in nociception. Specifically, TTX-resistant sodium currents are expressed almost exclusively in neurons that have a small cell-body diameter; and give rise to small-diameter slow-conducting axons and that are responsive to capsaicin.
  • a large body of experimental evidence demonstrates that TTX-resistant sodium channels are expressed on C-fibers and are important in the transmission of nociceptive information to the spinal cord.
  • Intrathecal administration of antisense oligo-deoxynucleotides targeting a unique region of the TTX-resistant sodium channel (NaV1.8) resulted in a significant reduction in PGE 2 -induced hyperalgesia (See, Khasar, S. G., M. S. Gold, et al. (1998) “A tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium current mediates inflammatory pain in the rat” Neurosci Lett 256(1): 17-20). More recently, a knockout mouse line was generated by Wood and colleagues, which lacks functional NaV1.8. The mutation has an analgesic effect in tests assessing the animal's response to the inflammatory agent carrageenan (See, Akopian, A. N., V.
  • NaV1.8 protein is upregulated along uninjured C-fibers adjacent to the nerve injury.
  • Antisense treatment prevents the redistribution of NaV1.8 along the nerve and reverses neuropathic pain.
  • expression of NaV1.8 and NaV1.9 are greatly reduced whereas expression of the TTX sensitive subunit NaV1.3 is significantly upregulated in animal models of neuropathic pain (See, Dib-Hajj, S. D., J. Fjell, et al. (1999) “Plasticity of sodium channel expression in DRG neurons in the chronic constriction injury model of neuropathic pain.” Pain 83(3): 591-600 and Kim, C. H., Youngsuk, O., et al. (2001) “The changes in expression of three subtypes of TTX sensitive sodium channels in sensory neurons after spinal nerve ligation”. Mol. Brain. Res. 95:153-61).
  • the timecourse of the increase in NaV1.3 parallels the appearance of allodynia in animal models subsequent to nerve injury.
  • Up-regulation of Nav1.3 transcription is also observed in a rat model of diabetic neuropathy.
  • the biophysics of the NaV1.3 channel is distinctive in that it shows very fast repriming after inactivation following an action potential. This allows for sustained rates of high firing as is often seen in the pathophysiological activity accompanying neuropathic pain (See, Cummins, T. R., F. Aglieco, et al.
  • NaV1.3 channel proteins are expressed in the central and peripheral systems of man. (See, Chen, Y. H., Dale, T. J., et al. (2000) “Cloning, distribution and functional analysis of the type III sodium channel from human brain.” Eur. J. Neurosci. 12: 4281-89). Furthermore, in the periphery, NaV1.3 channel proteins are detectable in injured but not uninjured human nerves indicating that NaV1.3 plays important physiological roles under pathophysiological conditions in humans as well.
  • NaV1.3 overexpression may also be associated with increased epipleptic neuronal activity as it is significantly upregulated in hippocampal pyramidal neurons of epileptic humans (See, Whitaker, W. R. J., Faull, M., et al. (2001) “Changes in the mRNAs encoding voltage-gated sodium channel types II and III in human epileptic hippocampus.” Neurosci. 106(2): 275-285); inhibitors with some selectivity against Nav1.3 could also be particularly attractive anticonvulsants and neuroprotectants.
  • NaV1.9 is similar to NaV1.8 as it is selectively localized to small sensory neurons of the dorsal root ganglion and trigeminal ganglion (See, Fang, X., L. Djouhri, et al. (2002). “The presence and role of the tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium channel Na(v)1.9 (NaN) in nociceptive primary afferent neurons.” J Neurosci 22(17): 7425-33). It has a slow rate of inactivation and left-shifted voltage dependence for activation (See, Dib-Hajj, S., J. A. Black, et al.
  • NaV1.9 a sodium channel with unique properties
  • the resting membrane potential of NaV1.9 expressing cells is in the ⁇ 55 to ⁇ 50 mV range compared to ⁇ 65 mV for most other peripheral and central neurons.
  • This persistent depolarization is in large part due to the sustained low-level activation of NaV1.9 channels. This depolarization allows the neurons to more easily reach the threshold for firing action potentials in response to nociceptive stimuli.
  • Compounds that block the NaV1.9 channel may play an important role in establishing the set point for detection of painful stimuli.
  • NaV1.8 and NaV1.7 are termed neuromas and the primary Na channels expressed in them.
  • NaV1.8 and NaV1.7 are also expressed in dorsal root ganglion neurons and contribute to the small TTX sensitive component seen in these cells.
  • NaV1.7 in particular may therefore be a potential pain target in addition to it's role in neuroendocrine excitability (See, Klugbauer, N., L. Lacinova, et al. (1995) “Structure and functional expression of a new member of the tetrodotoxin-sensitive voltage-activated sodium channel family from human neuroendocrine cells” Embo J 14(6): 1084-90).
  • NaV1.1 See, Sugawara, T., E. Mazaki-Miyazaki, et al. (2001) “Nav1.1 mutations cause febrile seizures associated with afebrile partial seizures.” Neurology 57(4): 703-5) and NaV1.2 (See, Sugawara, T., Y. Tsurubuchi, et al. (2001) “A missense mutation of the Na+ channel alpha II subunit gene Na(v)1.2 in a patient with febrile and afebrile seizures causes channel dysfunction” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 98(11): 6384-9) have been linked to epilepsy conditions including febrile seizures. There are over 9 genetic mutations in NaV1.1 associated with febrile seizures (See, Meisler, M. H., J. A. Kearney, et al. (2002) “Mutations of voltage-gated sodium channels in movement disorders and epilepsy” Novartis Found Symp 241: 72-81)
  • Antagonists for NaV1.5 have been developed and used to treat cardiac arrhythmias.
  • a gene defect in NaV1.5 that produces a larger noninactivating component to the current has been linked to long QT in man and the orally available local anesthetic mexilitine has been used to treat this condition (See, Wang, D. W., K. Yazawa, et al. (1997) “Pharmacological targeting of long QT mutant sodium channels.” J Clin Invest 99(7): 1714-20).
  • Na channel blockers are currently used or being tested in the clinic to treat epilepsy (See, Moulard, B. and D. Bertrand (2002) “Epilepsy and sodium channel blockers” Expert Opin. Ther. Patents 12(1): 85-91); acute (See, Wiffen, P., S. Collins, et al. (2000) “Anticonvulsant drugs for acute and chronic pain” Cochrane Database Syst Rev 3), chronic (See, Wiffen, P., S. Collins, et al. (2000) “Anticonvulsant drugs for acute and chronic pain” Cochrane Database Syst Rev 3, and Guay, D. R.
  • Voltage-gated calcium channels are membrane-spanning, multi-subunit proteins that open in response to membrane depolarization, allowing Ca entry from the extracellular milieu.
  • Calcium channels were initially classified based on the time and voltage-dependence of channel opening and on the sensitivity to pharmacological block. The categories were low-voltage activated (primarily T-type) and high-voltage activated (L, N, P, Q or R-type). This classification scheme was replaced by a nomenclature based upon the molecular subunit composition, as summarized in Table I (Hockerman, G. H., et. al. (1997) Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 37: 361-96; Striessnig, J. (1999) Cell. Physiol. Biochem.
  • the ⁇ 1 subunit is the primary determinant of the pharmacological properties and contains the channel pore and voltage sensor (Hockerman, G. H., et. al. (1997) Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 37: 361-96; Striessnig, J. (1999) Cell. Physiol. Biochem. 9: 242-69).
  • Ten isoforms of the ⁇ 1 subunit are known, as indicated in Table I.
  • the ⁇ 2 ⁇ subunit consists of two disulfide linked subunits, ⁇ 2 , which is primarily extracellular and a transmembrane ⁇ subunit.
  • Four isoforms of ⁇ 2 ⁇ are known, ⁇ 2 ⁇ -1, ⁇ 2 ⁇ -2, ⁇ 2 ⁇ -3 and ⁇ 2 ⁇ -4.
  • the ⁇ subunit is a non-glycosylated cytoplasmic protein that binds to the ⁇ 1 subunit.
  • Four isoforms are known, termed ⁇ 1 to ⁇ 4 .
  • the ⁇ subunit is a transmembrane protein that has been biochemically isolated as a component of Ca v 1 and Ca v 2 channels. At least 8 isoforms are known ( ⁇ 1 to ⁇ 8 ) (Kang, M. G. and K. P. Campbell (2003) J. Biol. Chem. 278: 21315-8). The nomenclature for voltage-gated calcium channels is based upon the content of the ⁇ 1 subunit, as indicated in Table I. Each type of ⁇ 1 subunit can associate with a variety of ⁇ , ⁇ 2 ⁇ or ⁇ subunits, so that each Ca v type corresponds to many different combinations of subunits.
  • Ca v 2 currents are found almost exclusively in the central and peripheral nervous system and in neuroendocrine cells and constitute the predominant forms of presynaptic voltage-gated calcium current. Presynaptic action potentials cause channel opening and neurotransmitter release is steeply dependent upon the subsequent calcium entry. Thus, Ca v 2 channels play a central role in mediating neurotransmitter release.
  • Ca v 2.1 and Ca v 2.2 contain high affinity binding sites for the peptide toxins ⁇ -conotoxin-MVIIC and ⁇ -conotoxin-GVIA, respectively, and these peptides have been used to determine the distribution and function of each channel type.
  • Ca v 2.2 is highly expressed at the presynaptic nerve terminals of neurons from the dorsal root ganglion and neurons of lamina I and II of the dorsal horn (Westenbroek, R. E., et al. (1998) J. Neurosci. 18: 6319-30; Cizkova, D, et al. (2002) Exp. Brain Res. 147: 456-63).
  • Ca v 2.2 channels are also found in presynaptic terminals between second and third order interneurons in the spinal cord. Both sites of neurotransmission are very important in relaying pain information to the brain.
  • Acute pain serves an important protective function in keeping the organism safe from stimuli that may produce tissue damage. Severe thermal, mechanical, or chemical inputs have the potential to cause severe damage to the organism if unheeded.
  • Acute pain serves to quickly remove the individual from the damaging environment. Acute pain by its very nature generally is short lasting and intense. Inflammatory pain, on the other hand, may last for much longer periods of time and its intensity is more graded. Inflammation may occur for many reasons including tissue damage, autoimmune response, and pathogen invasion.
  • Inflammatory pain is mediated by a variety of agents that are released during inflammation, including substance P, histamines, acid, prostaglandin, bradykinin, CGRP, cytokines, ATP, and other agents (Julius, D. and A. I. Basbaum (2001) Nature 413 (6852): 203-10).
  • the third class of pain is neuropathic and involves nerve damage arising from nerve injury or viral infection and results in reorganization of neuronal proteins and circuits yielding a pathologic “sensitized” state that can produce chronic pain lasting for years. This type of pain provides no adaptive benefit and is particularly difficult to treat with existing therapies.
  • Pain, particularly neuropathic and intractable pain is a large unmet medical need. Millions of individuals suffer from severe pain that is not well controlled by current therapeutics.
  • the current drugs used to treat pain include NSAIDS, COX-2 inhibitors, opioids, tricyclic antidepressants, and anticonvulsants.
  • Neuropathic pain has been particularly difficult to treat as it does not respond well to opioids until high doses are reached.
  • Gabapentin is currently the most widely used therapeutic for the treatment of neuropathic pain, although it works in only 60% of patients and has modest efficacy. The drug is generally safe, although sedation is an issue at higher doses.
  • Cav2.2 as a target for the treatment of neuropathic pain is provided by studies with ziconotide (also known as ⁇ -conotoxin-MVIIA), a selective peptide blocker of this channel (Bowersox, S. S., et al. (1996) J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 279: 1243-9; Jain, K. K. (2000) Exp. Opin. Invest. Drugs 9: 2403-10; Vanegas, H. and H. Schaible (2000) Pain 85: 9-18).
  • ziconotide also known as ⁇ -conotoxin-MVIIA
  • a selective peptide blocker of this channel Bosox, S. S., et al. (1996) J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 279: 1243-9; Jain, K. K. (2000) Exp. Opin. Invest. Drugs 9: 2403-10; Vanegas, H. and H. Schaible (2000) Pain 85: 9-18.
  • the toxin has an 85% success rate for the treatment of pain in humans with a greater potency than morphine.
  • An orally available antagonist of Ca v 2.2 should have similar efficacy without the need for intrathecal infusion.
  • Ca v 2.1 and Ca v 2.3 are also in neurons of nociceptive pathways and antagonists of these channels could be used to treat pain.
  • Antagonists of Ca v 2.1, Ca v 2.2 or Ca v 2.3 should also be useful for treating other pathologies of the central nervous system that apparently involve excessive calcium entry. Cerebral ischaemia and stroke are associated with excessive calcium entry due to depolarization of neurons.
  • the Ca v 2.2 antagonist ziconotide is effective in reducing infarct size in a focal ischemia model using laboratory animals, suggesting that Ca v 2.2 antagonists could be used for the treatment of stroke.
  • reducing excessive calcium influx into neurons may be useful for the treatment of epilepsy, traumatic brain injury, Alzheimer's disease, multi-infarct dementia and other classes of dementia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, amnesia, or neuronal damage caused by poison or other toxic substances.
  • Ca v 2.2 also mediates release of neurotransmitters from neurons of the sympathetic nervous system and antagonists could be used to treat cardiovascular diseases such as hypertension, cardiac arrhythmia, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, and congestive heart failure.
  • L 1 is —(X 1 ) p —(X 2 ) q —R y —;
  • R y is —C(O)—NR 2 —;
  • L 2 and R y are independently selected from OC(O), C(O)O, S(O), SO 2 , N(R 5 )SO 2 , N(R 6 )SO 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ), SO 2 N(R 6 ), C(O)N(R 5 ), C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 5 C(O), NR 6 C(O), C(NOR 5 )R 6 , C(NOR 5 )R 6 , C(NOR 6 )R 5 , C(NOR 6 )R 6 , N(R 5 ), N(R 6 ), NR 5 C(O)O, NR 6 C(O)0, OC(O)NR 5 , OC(O)NR 6 , NR 5 C(O)N(R 5 ), NR 5 C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 6 C(O)N(R 5 ), NR 6 C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 5 SO 2 N(R 5 ), NR 5 SO
  • Z is hydrogen, cycloaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring;
  • T is aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic ring;
  • A is aryl or heteroaryl ring
  • each of T, A, and Z optionally comprises up to 4 suitable substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 1 is oxo, ⁇ NN(R 6 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 7 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 6 R 7 ), R 6 or (CH 2 ) n —Y;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OH, SR 6 , S(O)R 6 , SO 2 R 6 , NH 2 , NHR 6 , N(R 6 ) 2 , NR 6 R 8 , COOH, COOR 6 or OR 6 ; or
  • R 2 is aliphatic, wherein each R 2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 or R 5 ;
  • R 4 is OR 5 , OR 6 , OC(O)R 6 , OC(O)R 5 , OC(O)OR 6 , OC(O)OR 5 , OC(O)N(R 6 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 5 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 6 R 5 ), OP(O) (OR 6 ) 2 , OP(O) (OR 5 ) 2 , OP(O)(OR 6 )(OR 5 ), SR 6 , SR 5 , S(O)R 6 , S(O)R 5 , SO 2 R 6 , SO 2 R 5 , SO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , SO 3 R 6 , SO 3 R 5 , C(O)R 5 , C(O)OR 5 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)N(R 6 ) 2
  • R 5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 R 1 substituents;
  • R 6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R 6 is optionally substituted with a R 7 substituent;
  • R 7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R 7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH 2 ) n —Z;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO 2 , C(halo) 3 , CH(halo) 2 , CH 2 (halo), —OC(halo) 3 , —OCH(halo) 2 , —OCH 2 (halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO 2 -aliphatic, NH 2 , NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic) 2 , N(aliphatic)R 8 , COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R 8 is an amino protecting group.
  • These compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof are useful for treating or lessening the severity of a variety of diseases, disorders, or conditions, including, but not limited to, acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis, migraine, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, and incontinence.
  • diseases, disorders, or conditions including, but not limited to, acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis, migraine, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders
  • FIG. 1 ( FIG. 1-1 to FIG. 1-223 ) depicts the structures of the compounds of the present invention.
  • the present invention provides compounds of formula (I) useful in inhibiting a sodium and/or calcium channel:
  • L 1 is —(X 1 ) p —(X 2 ) q —R y —;
  • R y is —C(O)—NR 2 —;
  • L 2 and R y are independently selected from OC(O), C(O)O, S(O), SO 2 , N(R 5 )SO 2 , N(R 6 )SO 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ), SO 2 N(R 6 ), C(O)N(R 5 ), C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 5 C(O), NR 6 C(O), C(NOR 5 )R 6 , C(NOR 5 )R 6 , C(NOR 6 )R 5 , C(NOR 6 )R 6 , N(R 5 ), N(R 6 ), NR 5 C(O)O, NR 6 C(O)O, OC(O)NR 5 , OC(O)NR 6 , NR 5 C(O)N(R 5 ), NR 5 C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 6 C(O)N(R 5 ), NR 6 C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 5 SO 2 N(R 5 ), NR 5 SO
  • Z is hydrogen, cycloaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring;
  • T is aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic ring;
  • A is aryl or heteroaryl ring
  • each of T, A, and Z is optionally substituted with up to 4 suitable substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 1 is oxo, ⁇ NN(R 6 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 7 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 6 R 7 ), R 6 or (CH 2 ) n —Y;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OH, SR 6 , S(O)R 6 , SO 2 R 6 , NH 2 , NHR 6 , N(R 6 ) 2 , NR 6 R 8 , COOH, COOR 6 or OR 6 ; or
  • R 2 is aliphatic, wherein each R 2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 or R 5 ;
  • R 4 is OR 5 , OR 6 , OC(O)R 6 , OC(O)R 5 , OC(O)OR 6 , OC(O)OR 5 , OC(O)N(R 6 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 5 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 6 R 5 ), OP(O) (OR 6 ) 2 , OP(O) (OR 5 ) 2 , OP(O)(OR 6 )(OR 5 ), SR 6 , SR 5 , S(O)R 6 , S(O)R 5 , SO 2 R 6 , SO 2 R 5 , SO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , SO 3 R 6 , SO 3 R 5 , C(O)R 5 , C(O)OR 5 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)N(R 6 ) 2
  • R 5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 R 1 substituents;
  • R 6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R 6 is optionally substituted with a R 7 substituent;
  • R 7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R 7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH 2 ) n —Z′;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO 2 , C(halo) 3 , CH(halo) 2 , CH 2 (halo), —OC(halo) 3 , —OCH(halo) 2 , —OCH 2 (halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO 2 -aliphatic, NH 2 , NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic) 2 , N(aliphatic)R 8 , COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R 8 is an amino protecting group.
  • the present invention provides compounds of formula I′:
  • X 1 is O, S, or NR x ;
  • Z is cycloaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring
  • T is aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic ring;
  • A is aryl or heteroaryl ring
  • each of T, A, and Z is optionally substituted with up to 4 suitable substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 1 is oxo, ⁇ NN(R 6 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 7 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 6 R 7 ), R 6 or (CH 2 ) n —Y;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OH, SR 6 , S(O)R 6 , SO 2 R 6 , NH 2 , NHR 6 , N(R 6 ) 2 , NR 6 R 8 , COOH, COOR 6 or OR 6 ; or
  • R 2 is aliphatic, wherein each R 2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring, optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 or R 5 ;
  • R 4 is OR 5 , OR 6 , OC(O)R 6 , OC(O)R 5 , OC(O)OR 6 , OC(O)OR 5 , OC(O)N(R 6 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 5 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 6 R 5 ), OP(O) (OR 6 ) 2 , OP(O) (OR 5 ) 2 , OP(O)(OR 6 )(OR 5 ), SR 6 , SR 5 , S(O)R 6 , S(O)R 5 , SO 2 R 6 , SO 2 R 5 , SO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , SO 3 R 6 , SO 3 R 5 , C(O)R 5 , C(O)OR 5 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)N(R 6 ) 2
  • R 5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 R 1 substituents;
  • R 6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R 6 is optionally substituted with a R 7 substituent;
  • R 7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R 7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH 2 ) n —Z′;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO 2 , C(halo) 3 , CH(halo) 2 , CH 2 (halo), —OC(halo) 3 , —OCH(halo) 2 , —OCH 2 (halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO 2 -aliphatic, NH 2 , NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic) 2 , N(aliphatic)R 8 , COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R 8 is an amino protecting group.
  • compounds of the invention may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents, such as are illustrated generally above, or as exemplified by particular classes, subclasses, and species of the invention. It will be appreciated that the phrase “optionally substituted” is used interchangeably with the phrase “substituted or unsubstituted.” In general, the term “substituted”, whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, refers to the replacement of hydrogen radicals in a given structure with the radical of a specified substituent.
  • an optionally substituted group may have a substituent at each substitutable (i.e., having the requisite valency available for a given substituent) position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
  • Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds.
  • a stable compound or chemically feasible compound is one that is not substantially altered when kept at a temperature of 40° C. or less, in the absence of moisture or other chemically reactive conditions, for at least a week.
  • aliphatic or “aliphatic group”, as used herein, means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-10 aliphatic carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-8 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments aliphatic groups contain 1-4 aliphatic carbon atoms.
  • Suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups.
  • cycloaliphatic means a monocyclic hydrocarbon, bicyclic, or tricyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic and has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • cycloaliphatic refers to a monocyclic C 3 -C 8 hydrocarbon or bicyclic C 8 -C 12 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule wherein any individual ring in said bicyclic ring system has 3-7 members.
  • heterocycle means non-aromatic, monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring systems in which one or more ring atoms in one or more ring members is an independently selected heteroatom. Heterocyclic ring can be saturated or can contain one or more unsaturated bonds.
  • the “heterocycle”, “heterocyclyl”, or “heterocyclic” group has three to fourteen ring members in which one or more ring members is a heteroatom independently selected from oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, or phosphorus, and each ring in the ring system contains 3 to 7 ring members.
  • heteroatom means oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon; the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR + (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl)).
  • unsaturated means that a moiety has one or more units of unsaturation.
  • alkoxy refers to an alkyl group, as previously defined, attached to the principal carbon chain through an oxygen (“alkoxy”) or sulfur (“thioalkyl”) atom.
  • aryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl”, “aralkoxy”, or “aryloxyalkyl”, refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring carbon atoms, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms.
  • aryl may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring”.
  • heteroaryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkoxy”, refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, at least one ring in the system contains one or more heteroatoms, and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members.
  • heteroaryl may be used interchangeably with the term “heteroaryl ring” or the term “heteroaromatic”.
  • alkylidene chain refers to a straight or branched carbon chain that may be fully saturated or have one or more units of unsaturation and has two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, (Z) and (E) double bond isomers, and (Z) and (E) conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms.
  • compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a 13 C— or 14 C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention.
  • Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools or probes in biological assays.
  • p is 0, and q is 0.
  • p is 0, and q is 1. Or, p is 1, and q is 0.
  • p is 1 and q is 1.
  • X 1 is O or NR x . More preferably, X 1 is O. According to another embodiment, X 1 is NR x ; preferably R x is H. Or, X 1 is S.
  • X 2 is a straight or branched (C1-C6)alkyl or (C2-C6)alkenyl or alkynyl, optionally substituted with up to two substituents independently selected from R 1 and R 5 . More preferably, X 2 is a straight or branched (C1-C6)alkyl optionally substituted with up to two substituents independently selected from R 1 and R 5 .
  • Preferred X 2 include C1-4 alkyl, such as, —CH 2 —, CH 2 CH 2 , or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —.
  • R y is —C(O)—NH— or —C(O)—NR 2 —. More preferably, R 2 is straight or branched (C1-C6)alkyl or (C2-C6)alkenyl or alkynyl, optionally substituted with up to two substituents independently selected from R 1 and R 5 . More preferably, R y is —C(O)—NH—.
  • L 2 is selected from N(R 5 )SO 2 , N(R 6 )SO 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ), SO 2 N(R 6 ), C(O)N(R 5 ), C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 5 C(O), NR 6 C(O), NR 5 C(O)O, NR 6 C(O)O, OC(O)NR 5 , OC(O)NR 6 , NR 5 C(O)N(R 5 ), NR 5 C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 6 C(O)N(R 5 ), or NR 6 C(O)N(R 6 ).
  • L 2 is selected from N(R 6 )SO 2 , SO 2 N(R 6 ), C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 6 C(O), NR 6 C(O)O, OC(O)NR 6 , or NR 6 C(O)N(R 6 ).
  • R 6 is hydrogen.
  • L 2 is selected from NHSO 2 , SO 2 NH, C(O)NH, or NHC(O).
  • Z is cycloaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
  • Z is aryl or heteroaryl. More preferably, Z is phenyl or napthyl. According to a more preferred embodiment, Z is heteroaryl. More preferably, Z is selected from thiazole, isothiazole, thiadiazole, thiaphene, furan, oxazole, isooxazole, oxadiazole, triazole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, triazine, or pyrrolyl.
  • A is aryl. More preferably, A is phenyl or naphthyl. Most preferably, A is phenyl.
  • A is heteroaryl. More preferably, A is a monocyclic aromatic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms. More preferably, A is pyridyl, pyrazyl, triazinyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or pyrimidinyl. According to another preferred embodiment of formula (I), A is a bicyclic ring system with at least one aromatic ring, wherein said ring system contains 1-5 heteroatoms.
  • A is quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, purinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazine, quinazolinyl, quinaoxalinyl, naphthylirinyl, or pteridinyl.
  • A is a tricyclic ring system with at least one aromatic ring, wherein said ring system contains 1-5 heteroatoms. More preferably, A is dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, or phenoxazinyl.
  • T is aliphatic or cycloaliphatic.
  • T is aliphatic; more preferably, (C1-C6) straight or branched alkyl; yet more preferably, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, or t-butyl.
  • T is cycloaliphatic; more preferably, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, or adamantyl.
  • T is cyclopropyl, cyclohenxyl, norbornyl, or adamantyl.
  • T is an aryl ring; more preferably, phenyl, napthyl, or anthracenyl. Yet more preferably, T is phenyl or napthyl. According to another preferred embodiment, T is a heteroaryl ring; more preferably, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, oxazolyl, quinolinyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, pyridiyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, oxazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, indoli
  • T is selected from:
  • T is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from phenyl optionally substituted with R 1 , halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • T is a heterocyclic ring; preferably, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, quinuclidinyl, dioxoianyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, dioxanyl, piperazinyl, or trithianyl.
  • R 1 is oxo.
  • R 1 is R 6 or (CH 2 ) n —Y; more preferably, R 1 is Y (i.e., n is 0).
  • R 2 is a straight or branched (C1-C6)alkyl or (C2-C6)alkenyl or alkynyl, optionally substituted with up to two R 1 substitutions.
  • R 1 is (CH 2 ) n —Y.
  • R 1 is Y.
  • Preferred Y includes halo, CN, NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OH, SH, S(C1-4 aliphatic), S(O) (C1-4 aliphatic), SO 2 (C1-4 aliphatic), NH 2 , NH(C1-4 aliphatic), N(C1-4 aliphatic) 2 , NR(C1-4 aliphatic)R 8 , COOH, COO(C1-4 aliphatic) or O(C1-4 aliphatic). Or two R 1 on adjacent ring atoms, taken together, form 1,2-methylenedioxy or 1,2-ethylenedioxy;
  • R 1 is selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula I-A:
  • X 1 is O, S, or NR X
  • p is 0 or 1;
  • R X is H or R 2 ;
  • R N is hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with up to two substituents selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • X 2 is C 1-3 aliphatic, optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • Z is a 5-7 membered unsaturated or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, SO, SO 2 , N, or NH;
  • T is a 8-14 membered aromatic or non-aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring, having 0-5 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, NH, S(O) or SO 2 ;
  • each of Z and T is optionally substituted with up to 4 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • phenylene ring attached to the sulfonyl is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from R 1 and R 2 ;
  • R 1 is oxo, ⁇ NN(R 6 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 7 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 6 R 7 ), R 6 or (CH 2 ) n —Y;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OH, SR 6 , S(O)R 6 , SO 2 R 6 , NH 2 , NHR 6 , N(R 6 ) 2 , NR 6 R 8 , COOH, COOR 6 or OR 6 ; or
  • R 2 is aliphatic, wherein each R 2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 or R 5 ;
  • R 4 is OR 5 , OR 6 , OC(O)R 6 , OC(O)R 5 , OC(O)OR 6 , OC(O)OR 5 , OC(O)N(O) 2 , OC(O)N(R 5 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 6 R 5 ), OP(O)(OR 6 ) 2 , OP(O) (OR 5 ) 2 , OP(O) (OR 6 )(OR 5 ), SR 6 , SR 5 , S(O)R 6 , S(O)R 5 , SO 2 O, SO 2 R 5 , SO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , SO 3 O, SO 3 R 5 , C(O)R 5 , C(O)OR 5 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)N(R 6 ) 2 , C(O)N
  • R 5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring optionally is optionally substituted with up to 3 R 1 substituents;
  • R 6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R 6 is optionally substituted with a R 7 substituent;
  • R 7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R 7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH 2 ) n —Z′;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO 2 , C(halo) 3 , CH(halo) 2 , CH 2 (halo), —OC(halo) 3 , —OCH(halo) 2 , —OCH 2 (halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO 2 -aliphatic, NH 2 , NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic) 2 , N(aliphatic)R 8 , COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R 8 is an amino protecting group.
  • compounds of formula I or formula I-A exclude the following:
  • R mm is phenyl optionally substituted with C 1-4 alkyl or hydrogen, then Z is not optionally substituted pyrimidin-2-yl, 2-pyridyl, or thiazol-2-yl;
  • Z is not 3,4-dimethylisoxazolyl, pyrimidin-2-yl, thiazol-2-yl, or 4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl;
  • Z is not pyrimidinyl optionally substituted with up to 2 methyl or methoxy groups, 2-pyridyl, thiazol-2-yl, 2-methoxy-pyrazin-3-yl, 3-chloro-pyridazin-6-yl, 3,4-dimethyl-isoxazolyl, or 2-ethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-5-yl;
  • Z is not thiazol-2-yl, 2,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-4-yl, or 3,4-dimethyl-isoxazol-5-yl;
  • Y 2 is O or CH 2 , then Z is not thiazol-2-yl, or 4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl, or pyrimidin-2-yl;
  • R nn is hydrogen or halo, then Z is not thiazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-pyrimidin-2-yl, 4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, or 5-methyl-isoxazol-3-yl;
  • T is attached to X 1 or to X 2 (when X 1 is absent) through a carbon ring atom in T.
  • Z is an optionally substituted ring selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z has up to two substituents selected from R 1 , R 2 or R 5 .
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is formula i-a.
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • Z is selected from:
  • R N is hydrogen. Or, R N is unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl.
  • X 2 is selected from —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 3 —, —C(Me) 2 —, —CH(Me)—, —C(Me) ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —CH(Ph)—, —CH 2 —CH(Me)—, —CH(Et)-, —CH(i-Pr)—, or cyclopropylene.
  • p is 1 and X 1 is O.
  • p is 1, and X 1 is S.
  • p is 1, and X 1 is NR N .
  • R N is hydrogen.
  • T is naphthyl, tetralinyl, decalinyl, or 6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-benzo[7]annulenyl, optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2
  • T is optionally substituted napthyl.
  • T is selected from:
  • T is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • T is a 5-membered ring having up to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, or NH, optionally fused to a phenyl ring, wherein said phenyl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with up to 4 substituents selected from R 1 or R 2 .
  • Preferred 5-membered rings in such embodiments of T include formula i through xxiii defined above for ring Z that are capable of being fused to a phenyl ring.
  • T is selected from:
  • T is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the phenylene ring attached to the sulfonyl group is optionally substituted with up two substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • T is selected from phenyl, 2,2,-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, norbornyl, indol-2-yl, benzothiophen-3-yl, benzo[1,3]oxathiol-2-one-5-yl, benzo[1,2,5]oxadiazol-5-yl, quinolinyl, or 1,2,3,4-tetralin-5-yl, optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • the present invention provides compounds of formula IIA-i, formula IIB-i, formula IIC-i, and formula IID-i:
  • T is X 2 , X 1 , and T are as defined above.
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula III:
  • Z N is a 5-7 membered monocyclic, unsaturated or aromatic, heterocyclic ring, having up to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ;
  • each R N is independently hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with up to two substituents selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • X 2 is C 1-3 aliphatic, optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • T N is a 3-14 membered monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic ring system having up to 5 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ;
  • Z N and T N each is independently and optionally substituted with up to 4 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • phenylene ring attached to the sulfonyl is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from R 1 and R 2 ;
  • R 1 is oxo, ⁇ NN(R 6 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 7 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 6 R 7 ), R 6 or (CH 2 ) n —Y;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OH, SR 6 , S(O)R 6 , SO 2 R 6 , NH 2 , NHR 6 , N(R 6 ) 2 , NR 6 R 8 , COOH, COOR 6 or OR 6 ; or
  • R 2 is aliphatic, wherein each R 2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 or R 5 ;
  • R 4 is ORS, OR 6 , OC(O)R 6 , OC(O)R 5 , OC(O)OR 6 , OC(O)OR 5 , OC(O)N(R 6 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 5 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 6 R 5 ), OP(O) (OR 6 ) 2 , OP(O)(OR 5 ) 2 , OP(O)(OR 6 )(OR 5 ), SR 6 , SRS, S(O)R 6 , S(O)R 5 , SO 2 R 6 , SO 2 R 5 , SO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , SO 3 R 6 , SO 3 R 5 , C(O)R 5 , C(O)OR 5 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)N(R 6 ) 2 , C(
  • R 5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring optionally is optionally substituted with up to 3 R 1 substituents;
  • R 6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R 6 is optionally substituted with a R 7 substituent;
  • R 7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R 7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH 2 ) n —Z′;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO 2 , C(halo) 3 , CH(halo) 2 , CH 2 (halo), —OC(halo) 3 , —OCH(halo) 2 , —OCH 2 (halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO 2 -aliphatic, NH 2 , NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic) 2 , N(aliphatic)R 8 , COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R 8 is an amino protecting group.
  • T N is not:
  • R m is methyl or phenyl optionally substitued with up to 4 halo
  • W is O or S
  • R o is phenyl or substituted phenyl
  • Z N is selected from:
  • Z N is selected from:
  • Z N is formula i-a.
  • Z N is selected from:
  • Z N is selected from:
  • Z N is selected from:
  • Z N is selected from:
  • Z N is selected from:
  • Z N is selected from:
  • Z N is as defined above for Z.
  • R N is hydrogen. Or, R N is unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl.
  • X 2 is selected from —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 3 —, —CH(Me)—, —C(Me) ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —CH(Ph)—, —CH 2 —CH(Me)—, —CH(Et)-, —CH(i-Pr)—, or cyclopropylene.
  • X 2 is selected from —CH 2 —, —CH(Me)—, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, or —(CH 2 ) 3 —. Or, X 2 is —CH 2 —.
  • T N is an optionally substituted, saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 5-6 membered monocyclic ring.
  • T N is a 5-membered ring with up to 3 heteroatoms, preferably two heteroatoms.
  • T N is a 6-membered ring with up to 2 heteroatoms, preferably 1 heteroatom.
  • T N has a second heteroatom selected from O, S, N, or NH.
  • T N is an optionally substituted, saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 8-12 membered bicyclic ring.
  • T N is selected from 1-pyrrolyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl, 1-pyrazolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrid-1-yl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrid-1-yl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 1-morpholinyl, 1-azepinyl, 1-azepanyl, 1-indolyl, 1-indolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents.
  • T N is fused to a phenyl ring, wherein said phenyl ring is optionally substituted with up to three substituents.
  • T N is an optionally substituted ring selected from:
  • T N is formula i or ii above, optionally substituted as provided above.
  • T N is formula v or vi above, optionally substituted as provided above.
  • T N is formula vii, optionally substituted as provided above.
  • T N is an optionally substituted ring selected from:
  • T N is any of the above rings viii to xxiii, optionally fused to an optionally substituted phenyl ring.
  • T N is any of the above rings viii to xxiii, optionally fused to an optionally substituted 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having up to 3 nitrogen atoms.
  • 6-membered rings include pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, or pyridazinyl.
  • T N is an optionally substituted ring selected from:
  • T N is any of the above rings xxiii to xxx, optionally fused to an optionally substituted phenyl ring.
  • T N is any of the above rings xxiii to xxx, optionally fused to an optionally substituted 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having up to 3 nitrogen atoms.
  • 6-membered rings include pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, or pyridazinyl.
  • Preferred substituents on T N are independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the phenylene ring attached to the sulfonyl group is optionally substituted with up two substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • the present invention provides compounds wherein:
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula IV:
  • Z M is a 5-7 membered monocyclic, unsaturated or aromatic, heterocyclic ring, having up to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ;
  • each R N is independently hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with up to two substituents selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • X 1 is O, S, or NR N ;
  • X 2 is C 1-3 aliphatic, optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • T M is a 8-14 membered aromatic or non-aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring, having 0-5 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, NH, S(O) or SO 2 ;
  • phenylene ring attached to the sulfonyl is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from R 1 and R 2 ;
  • Z M and T M each is independently and optionally substituted with up to 4 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 1 is oxo, ⁇ NN(R 6 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 7 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 6 R 7 ), R 6 or (CH 2 ) n —Y;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OH, SR 6 , S(O)R 6 , SO 2 R 6 , NH 2 , NHR 6 , N(R 6 ) 2 , NR 6 R 8 , COOH, COOR 6 or OR 6 ; or
  • R 2 is aliphatic, wherein each R 2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 or R 5 ;
  • R 4 is ORS, OR 6 , OC(O)R 6 , OC(O)R 5 , OC(O)OR 6 , OC(O)OR 5 , OC(O)N(R 6 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 5 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 6 R 5 ), OP(O) (OR 6 ) 2 , OP(O)(OR 5 ) 2 , OP(O)(OR 6 )(OR 5 ), SR 6 , SRS, S(O)R 6 , S(O)R 5 , SO 2 R 6 , SO 2 R 5 , SO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , SO 3 R 6 , SO 3 R 5 , C(O)R 5 , C(O)OR 5 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)N(R 6 ) 2 , C(
  • R 5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 R 1 substituents;
  • R 6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R 6 is optionally substituted with a R 7 substituent;
  • R 7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R 7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH 2 ) n —Z′;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO 2 , C(halo) 3 , CH(halo) 2 , CH 2 (halo), —OC(halo) 3 , —OCH(halo) 2 , —OCH 2 (halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO 2 -aliphatic, NH 2 , NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic) 2 , N(aliphatic)R 8 , COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R 8 is an amino protecting group.
  • T is not 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, or 7-hydroxynaphth-1-yl;
  • X 1 is O. Or, X 1 is S. Or X1 is NR N .
  • each R N is independently hydrogen. Or, each R N is independently C1-4 alkyl.
  • Z M is selected from:
  • Z M is selected from:
  • Z M is formula i-a.
  • Z M is selected from:
  • Z M is selected from:
  • Z M is selected from:
  • Z M is selected from:
  • Z M is selected from:
  • Z M is selected from:
  • Z M is as defined above for Z.
  • R N is hydrogen. Or, R N is unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl.
  • Z M is an optionally substituted 5-6 membered monocyclic ring.
  • X 1 is NH. Or, X 1 is O.
  • T M is phenyl or naphthyl, optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl
  • T M is selected from:
  • T M is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • T M is selected from:
  • T M is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • T M is a tricyclic ring selected from: dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, or phenoxazinyl, fluorenyl, anthracenyl, or phenoxazinyl.
  • the substituents are independently selected from oxo, halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 alkyl), N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , NHC(O)C 1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C 1-4 alkyl.
  • T is selected from 4,6-dichloroindol-2-yl, benzofuran-2-yl, 1-naphthyl, 2-methyl-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl, 5-fluoro-indol-2-yl, 5-chlorothiophen-2-yl, benzopyran-3-yl, 3-bromo-4-methylphenyl, 2-(furan-2-yl)-quinolin-4-yl, N-methyl-5-trifluoromethoxy-indol-2-yl, benzothiophen-3-yl, 5-fluoro-benzothiophen-2-yl, 2-methyl-quinolin-4-yl, 6-chloro-indol-2-yl, 6-bromo-indol-2-yl, 2-phenyl-5-methyl-1,2-oxazol-3-yl, N,6-dimethyl-indol-2-yl, or 5-3,5,d
  • X 1 is O. Or, X 1 is S. Or, X 1 is NH.
  • X 2 is CH 2 , CH 2 CH 2 , or CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 ;
  • X 1 is O, S, or NH
  • T is quinolin-4-yl, quinolin-5-yl, quinolin-6-yl, quinolin-7-yl, quinolin-8-yl, isoquinolin-1-yl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 5a,6,7,8,9,9a-hexahydro-dibenzofuran-2-yl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-6-yl, benzothiazol-5-yl, indan-1-one-4-yl, benzo[1,2,5]oxadiazol-4-yl, indol-4-yl, 4-methyl-chromen-2-one-7-yl, indol-5-yl, benzo-[1,2,3]-triazin-4-yl, or benzimidazol-2-yl, wherein T is optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl,
  • the present invention provides a compound having formula (V):
  • T 1 is a 8-14 membered aromatic or non-aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring, having 0-5 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, NH, S(O) or SO 2 ;
  • L 11 is —(X 1 ) p —(CHR 1 ) r —(X 2 )—Ry;
  • L 22 is OC(O), C(O)O, S(O), SO 2 , N(R 5 )SO 2 , N(R 6 )SO 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ), SO 2 N(R 6 ), C(O)N(R 5 ), C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 5 C(O), NR 6 C(O), C(NOR 5 )R 6 , C(NOR 5 )R 6 , C(NOR 6 )R 5 , C(NOR 6 )R 6 , N(R 5 ), N(R 6 ), NR 5 C(O)O, NR 6 C(O)O, OC(O)NR 5 , OC(O)NR 6 , NR 5 C(O)N(R 5 ), NR 5 C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 6 C(O)N(R 5 ), NR 6 C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 5 SO 2 N(R 5 ), NR 5 SO 2 N(R 6 ),
  • A is a 5-7 membered monocyclic aromatic ring, having 0-4 heteroatoms
  • Z is 2-thiazolyl
  • each of T 1 , A, and Z is optionally substituted with up to 4 suitable substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 1 is oxo, ⁇ NN(R 6 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 7 ) 2 , ⁇ NN(R 6 R 7 ), R 6 or (CH 2 ) n —Y;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OH, SR 6 , S(O)R 6 , SO 2 R 6 , NH 2 , NHR 6 , N(R 6 ) 2 , NR 6 R 8 , COOH, COOR 6 or OR 6 ; or
  • R 2 is aliphatic, wherein each R 2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 1 , R 4 , or R 5 ;
  • R 3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 or R 5 ;
  • R 4 is OR 5 , OR 6 , OC(O)R 6 , OC(O)R 5 , OC(O)OR 6 , OC(O)OR 5 , OC(O)N(R 6 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 5 ) 2 , OC(O)N(R 6 R 5 ), OP(O) (OR 6 ) 2 , OP(O)(OR 5 ) 2 , OP(O)(OR 6 )(OR 5 ), SR 6 , SR 5 , S(O)R 6 , S(O)R 5 , SO 2 R 6 , SO 2 R 5 , SO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ) 2 , SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , SO 3 R 6 , SO 3 R 5 , C(O)R 5 , C(O)OR 5 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)N(R 6 ) 2
  • R 5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 R 1 substituents;
  • R 6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R 6 is optionally substituted with a R 7 substituent;
  • R 7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R 7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH 2 ) n —Z;
  • Z is selected from halo, CN, NO 2 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO 2 -aliphatic, NH 2 , N-aliphatic, N(aliphatic) 2 , N(aliphatic)R 8 , COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic, or O-aliphatic; and
  • R 8 is an amino protecting group.
  • L 22 is SO 2 , N(R 5 )SO 2 , N(R 6 )SO 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ), SO 2 N(R 6 ), C(O)N(R 5 ), C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 5 C(O), or NR 6 C(O);
  • A is optionally substituted 5-6 membered monocyclic aromatic ring with 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, or O;
  • X 2 is optionally substituted methylene or ethylene
  • T 1 is an optionally substituted fused aromatic bicyclic ring system containing 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S;
  • L 22 is SO 2 , N(R 5 )SO 2 , N(R 6 )SO 2 , SO 2 N(R 5 ), SO 2 N(R 6 ), C(O)N(R 5 ), C(O)N(R 6 ), NR 5 C(O), or NR 6 C(O);
  • A is optionally substituted 5-6 membered monocyclic aromatic ring with 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, or O;
  • p 1;
  • X 2 is optionally substituted methylene, ethylene, or propylene
  • T 1 is an optionally substituted fused aromatic bicyclic ring system containing 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S;
  • X 1 is not O or S
  • L 11 is —O—CH 2 —C(O)—NH—
  • A is phenylene
  • L 22 is —S(O) 2 —NH—
  • T 1 is not any of the following:
  • L 11 is —S—CH 2 —C(O)—NH—
  • A is phenylene
  • L 22 is —S(O) 2 —NH—
  • T 1 is not any of the following:
  • B is hydrogen, methyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, allyl, benzyl, or phenylethyl.
  • L 11 , L 22 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 in formula (V) are as described above for formula (I).
  • Ry is —C(O)—NR 2 —.
  • T 1 is a 8-14 membered aromatic or non-aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring, having 0 heteroatoms. More preferably, T 1 is naphthyl. Or, T 1 is anthracenyl. According to an alternate more preferred embodiment, T 1 is tetralinyl or decalinyl.
  • T 1 is a 8-14 membered aromatic or non-aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring, having up to 5 heteroatoms, preferably 1 or 2 heteroatoms. More preferably, T 1 is a 8-14 membered aromatic bicyclic ring, having up to 5 heteroatoms. Or, T 1 is a 8-14 membered non-aromatic bicyclic ring, having up to 5 heteroatoms.
  • Exemplary bicyclic rings include quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, purinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazine, quinazolinyl, quinaoxalinyl, naphthylirinyl, or pteridinyl.
  • T 1 is a 8-14 membered non-aromatic tricyclic ring, having up to 5 heteroatoms.
  • T 1 is a 8-14 membered aromatic tricyclic ring, having up to 5 heteroatoms.
  • Exemplary tricyclic rings include dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxainyl, or carbazolyl.
  • A is phenyl
  • A is a 5-6 membered monocyclic aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms. More preferably, A is 5-6 membered monocyclic aromatic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms.
  • Exemplary rings include thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiaphenyl, furanyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, or pyrrolyl.
  • FIG. 1 recites exemplary compounds of the present invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be readily prepared by methods well known in the art.
  • An exemplary method for synthesizing certain compounds of formula (I) is illustrated below in the schemes.
  • step a The coupling of i and ii (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH 3 CN at rt yields IA.
  • R 6 is as defined for R N .
  • step a The coupling of i with anilines (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or isobutyl chlorocarbonate and TEA in DCM yields ii.
  • step b Reaction of intermediate ii with ClSO 3 H (step b) under refluxing conditions gives iv.
  • Reaction of ii ClSO 3 H at 0° C. step c) gives intermediate iii.
  • step d Coupling of intermediate i with aminosulfonic acids (step d) using HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH 3 CN at rt yields iii.
  • step e Reaction of intermediate iii with SO 2 Cl (step e) yields iv.
  • reaction of iv with various amines (step f) in pyridine at room temperature yields IA.
  • step a The reaction of intermediate i with amines (step a) in pyridine at rt yields ii.
  • step b Reaction of intermediate ii with tin in 10% HCl (step b) under refluxing conditions gives iii.
  • step c Reaction of iv with amines (step c) in pyridine, followed by treatment with 10% NaOH provides iii.
  • Reaction of i and ii (step a) in pyridine and DCM at rt yields iv.
  • the coupling of i and iii (step b) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH 3 CN at rt yields iv.
  • the reaction of iv and v (step c) under alkylation conditions provides IIA. These alkylation conditions include NaH and K 2 CO 3 as bases, DMF, DMSO, and THF as solvents, under rt, microwave, and reflux conditions.
  • the reaction of i and ii (step a) under alkylation conditions provides intermediate iii.
  • These alkylation conditions include NaH and K 2 CO 3 as bases, and NaI can be added.
  • Solvents include DMF, DMSO, and THF, and reaction conditions include rt, microwave, and refluxing conditions.
  • the reaction of i and ii (step c) in H 2 O and NaOH provides intermediate iv.
  • the reaction of intermediate iii (step b) using 2N NaOH, or H 2 O in DMA under microwave conditions yields iv.
  • Treatment of iv with oxalyl chloride or thionyl chloride provides v.
  • step a The coupling of i and ii (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH 3 CN at rt yields IIB. Reaction of i and iii (step a) in pyridine and DCM at rt yields IIB.
  • step a The coupling of i with anilines (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or isobutyl chlorocarbonate and TEA in DCM yields ii.
  • step b Reaction of intermediate ii with ClSO 3 H (step b) under refluxing conditions gives iv.
  • Reaction of ii ClSO 3 H at 0° C. step c) gives intermediate iii.
  • step d Coupling of intermediate i with aminosulfonic acids (step d) using HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH 3 CN at rt yields iii.
  • step e Reaction of intermediate iii with SO 2 Cl (step e) yields iv.
  • reaction of iv with various amines (step f) in pyridine at room temperature yields IIB.
  • step a The coupling of i and ii (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH 3 CN at rt yields IIC. Reaction of i and iii (step a) in pyridine and DCM at rt yields IIC.
  • step a The coupling of i with anilines (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or isobutyl chlorocarbonate and TEA in DCM yields ii.
  • step b Reaction of intermediate ii with ClSO 3 H (step b) under refluxing conditions gives iv.
  • Reaction of ii ClSO 3 H at 0° C. step c) gives intermediate iii.
  • step d Coupling of intermediate i with aminosulfonic acids (step d) using HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH 3 CN at rt yields iii.
  • step e Reaction of intermediate iii with SO 2 Cl (step e) yields iv.
  • reaction of iv with various amines (step f) in pyridine at room temperature yields IIB.
  • step a The reaction of intermediate i with 20% diphosgene and TEA (step a) in PhCH 3 with heating provides ii.
  • step b The treatment of ii with iii (step b) yields IID.
  • step a The reaction of intermediate i with ii in TEA/CH 3 CN (step a) provides compounds IID.
  • step a The reactions of intermediate i and ii (step a) in THF at rt provides intermediate iii.
  • step b The treatment of intermediate iii with various amines (step b) in yridines at rt provides IID.
  • reaction of i and ii under alkylation conditions provides III.
  • alkylation conditions include NaH and K 2 CO 3 as bases, and NaI can be added.
  • Solvents include DMF, DMSO, and THF, and reaction conditions include rt, microwave, and refluxing conditions.
  • the present invention provides compounds that are inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium ion channels, and thus the present compounds are useful for the treatment of diseases, disorders, and conditions including, but not limited to acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis, migraine, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, and incontinence.
  • diseases, disorders, and conditions including, but not limited to acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis, migraine, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmi
  • compositions comprising any of the compounds as described herein, and optionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or vehicle.
  • these compositions optionally further comprise one or more additional therapeutic agents.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative includes, but is not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, salts of such esters, or any other adduct or derivative which upon administration to a patient in need is capable of providing, directly or indirectly, a compound as otherwise described herein, or a metabolite or residue thereof.
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgement, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” means any non-toxic salt or salt of an ester of a compound of this invention that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or an inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof.
  • the term “inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof” means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of a voltage-gated sodium ion channel.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge, et al. describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
  • Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (C 1-4 alkyl) 4 salts.
  • This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oil-soluble or dispersable products may be obtained by such quaternization.
  • Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
  • Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of the present invention additionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle, which, as used herein, includes any and all solvents, diluents, or other liquid vehicle, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle which, as used herein, includes any and all solvents, diluents, or other liquid vehicle, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired.
  • Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Sixteenth Edition, E. W. Martin (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1980) discloses various carriers used in formulating pharmaceutically acceptable compositions
  • any conventional carrier medium is incompatible with the compounds of the invention, such as by producing any undesirable biological effect or otherwise interacting in a deleterious manner with any other component(s) of the pharmaceutically acceptable composition, its use is contemplated to be within the scope of this invention.
  • materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, or potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, wool fat, sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc
  • a method for the treatment or lessening the severity of acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis, migraine, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, or incontinence comprising administering an effective amount of a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition comprising a compound to a subject in need thereof.
  • a method for the treatment or lessening the severity of acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition to a subject in need thereof.
  • an “effective amount” of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable composition is that amount effective for treating or lessening the severity of one or more of acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, or incontinence.
  • the compounds and compositions, according to the method of the present invention may be administered using any amount and any route of administration effective for treating or lessening the severity of one or more of acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, or incontinence.
  • the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like.
  • the compounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • dose unit form refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
  • the specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • patient means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
  • compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, as an oral or nasal spray, or the like, depending on the severity of the infection being treated.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg and preferably from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
  • the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubil
  • sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • the rate of compound release can be controlled.
  • biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides).
  • Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
  • compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar—agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and gly
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
  • the active compounds can also be in microencapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art.
  • the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch.
  • Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose.
  • the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
  • buffering agents include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches.
  • the active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.
  • Ophthalmic formulation, eardrops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
  • the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body.
  • Such dosage forms are prepared by dissolving or dispensing the compound in a proper medium.
  • Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium ion channels or calcium channels, preferably N-type calcium channels.
  • the compounds and compositions of the invention are inhibitors of one or more of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2, and thus, without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, the compounds and compositions are particularly useful for treating or lessening the severity of a disease, condition, or disorder where activation or hyperactivity of one or more of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 is implicated in the disease, condition, or disorder.
  • NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 When activation or hyperactivity of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2, is implicated in a particular disease, condition, or disorder, the disease, condition, or disorder may also be referred to as a “NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8 or NaV1.9-mediated disease, condition or disorder” or a “CaV2.2-mediated condition or disorder”.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating or lessening the severity of a disease, condition, or disorder where activation or hyperactivity of one or more of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 is implicated in the disease state.
  • the activity of a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 may be assayed according to methods described generally in the Examples herein, or according to methods available to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of NaV1.8. In other embodiments, compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of NaV1.8 and CaV2.2. In still other embodiments, compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of CaV2.2.
  • the compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of the present invention can be employed in combination therapies, that is, the compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, one or more other desired therapeutics or medical procedures.
  • the particular combination of therapies (therapeutics or procedures) to employ in a combination regimen will take into account compatibility of the desired therapeutics and/or procedures and the desired therapeutic effect to be achieved.
  • the therapies employed may achieve a desired effect for the same disorder (for example, an inventive compound may be administered concurrently with another agent used to treat the same disorder), or they may achieve different effects (e.g., control of any adverse effects).
  • additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat or prevent a particular disease, or condition are known as “appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated”.
  • the amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent.
  • the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
  • Examples of additional agents opiois, COX-2 inhibitors, local anesthestics, tricyclic antidepressants, NMDA modulators, cannibaloid receptor agonists, P2X family modulators, VR1 antagonists, and substance P antagonists.
  • the present invention in another aspect, includes a composition for coating an implantable device comprising a compound of the present invention as described generally above, and in classes and subclasses herein, and a carrier suitable for coating said implantable device.
  • the present invention includes an implantable device coated with a composition comprising a compound of the present invention as described generally above, and in classes and subclasses herein, and a carrier suitable for coating said implantable device. Suitable coatings and the general preparation of coated implantable devices are described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the coatings are typically biocompatible polymeric materials such as a hydrogel polymer, polymethyldisiloxane, polycaprolactone, polyethylene glycol, polylactic acid, ethylene vinyl acetate, and mixtures thereof.
  • the coatings may optionally be further covered by a suitable topcoat of fluorosilicone, polysaccarides, polyethylene glycol, phospholipids or combinations thereof to impart controlled release characteristics in the composition.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8 NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient, or contacting said biological sample with a compound of formula I or a composition comprising said compound.
  • biological sample includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
  • Inhibition of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 activity in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limited to, the study of sodium ion channels in biological and pathological phenomena; and the comparative evaluation of new sodium ion channel inhibitors.
  • N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (10.0 g, 39.2 mmol) was suspended in DCM containing pyridine (3.80 mL, 1.2 equiv) and chilled in an ice bath. Chloroacetyl chloride (5.3 g, 3.74 mL, 1.2 equiv) was added dropwise with vigorous stirring. The mixture was allowed to warm to rt overnight. The solid was filtered, rinsed with fresh DCM, and air dried to give 11.6 g (89%) white solid.
  • a dry, 10 mL borosilicate glass reaction vessel was put under an inert atmosphere of argon and loaded with sodium hydride (60% wt. dispersion in mineral oil, 5 equiv) to which dry DMF (1 mL) was added. The resulting suspension was cooled to 0° C. Subsequently, a solution of the indole in dry DMF (0.1M, 1 mL, 0.1 mmol) was added to the vessel and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. at 0° C.
  • N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (1.00 g, 3.9 mmol), pyridine (0.6 mL), 2-Chloropropionyl chloride (0.5 mL, 4.7 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in DCM (50 mL). Yield: 1.34 g (99%) of a crude white solid.
  • N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (5.60 g, 22 mmol), pyridine (3.6 mL, 44 mmol), 2-chloro-2-phenyl acetylchloride (3.8 mL, 26.4 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in DCM (400 mL). Yield: 6.73 g (75%) of a white solid.
  • Compounds of the invention are useful as antagonists of voltage-gated sodium ion channels. Antagonist properties of test compounds were assessed as follows. Cells expressing the NaV of interest were placed into microtiter plates. After an incubation period, the cells were stained with fluorescent dyes sensitive to the transmembrane potential. The test compounds were added to the microtiter plate. The cells were stimulated with either a chemical or electrical means to evoke a NaV dependent membrane potential change from unblocked channels, which was detected and measured with trans-membrane potential-sensitive dyes. Antagonists were detected as a decreased membrane potential response to the stimulus.
  • the optical membrane potential assay utilized voltage-sensitive FRET sensors described by Gonzalez and Tsien (See, Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y.
  • CHO cells endogenously expressing a NaV1.2 type voltage-gated NaV are seeded in 96-well poly-lysine coated plates at 60,000 cells per well.
  • Other subtypes are performed in an analogous mode in a cell line expressing the NaV of interest.
  • R ⁇ ( t ) ( intensity 460 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m - background 460 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m ) ( intensity 580 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m - background 580 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m )
  • the data is further reduced by calculating the initial (R i ) and final (R f ) ratios. These are the average ratio values during part or all of the pre-stimulation period, and during sample points during the stimulation period.
  • baseline is 2-7 sec and final response is sampled at 15-24 sec.
  • Control responses are obtained by performing assays in the presence of a compound with the desired properties (positive control), such as tetracaine, and in the absence of pharmacological agents (negative control). Responses to the negative (N) and positive (P) controls are calculated as above.
  • the compound antagonist activity A is defined as:
  • CHO cells are grown in DMEM (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium; GibcoBRL #10569-010) supplemented with 10% FBS (Fetal Bovine Serum, qualified; GibcoBRL #16140-071) and 1% Pen-Strep (Penicillin-Streptomycin; GibcoBRL #15140-122).
  • Cells are grown in vented cap flasks, in 90% humidity and 10% CO 2 , to 100% confluence. They are usually split by trypsinization 1:10 or 1:20, depending on scheduling needs, and grown for 2-3 days before the next split.
  • HEK293 cells stably expressing NaV1.3 are plated into 96-well microtiter plates. After an appropriate incubation period, the cells are stained with the voltage sensitive dyes CC2-DMPE/DiSBAC2(3) as follows.
  • 10 mM CC2-DMPE is vortexed with an equivalent volume of 10% pluronic, followed by vortexing in required amount of HBSS containing 10 mM HEPES.
  • Each cell plate will require 5 mL of 2 ⁇ CC2-DMPE.
  • 50 ⁇ L of 2 ⁇ CC2-DMPE is to wells containing washed cells, resulting in a 10 ⁇ M final staining concentration. The cells are stained for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.
  • ABSC1 6 ⁇ M DISBAC 2 (3) and 1 mM ABSC1:
  • the 2 ⁇ DiSBAC 2 (3) solution can be used to solvate compound plates. Note that compound plates are made at 2 ⁇ drug concentration. Wash stained plate again, leaving residual volume of 50 ⁇ L. Add 50 uL/well of the 2 ⁇ DiSBAC 2 (3) w/ABSC1. Stain for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.
  • the electrical stimulation instrument and methods of use are described in ION Channel Assay Methods PCT/US01/21652, herein incorporated by reference.
  • the instrument comprises a microtiter plate handler, an optical system for exciting the coumarin dye while simultaneously recording the coumarin and oxonol emissions, a waveform generator, a current- or voltage-controlled amplifier, and a device for inserting electrodes in well. Under integrated computer control, this instrument passes user-programmed electrical stimulus protocols to cells within the wells of the microtiter plate.
  • R ⁇ ( t ) ( intensity 460 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m - background 460 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m ) ( intensity 580 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m - background 580 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m )
  • the data is further reduced by calculating the initial (R i ) and final (R f ) ratios. These are the average ratio values during part or all of the pre-stimulation period, and during sample points during the stimulation period.
  • Control responses are obtained by performing assays in the presence of a compound with the desired properties (positive control), such as tetracaine, and in the absence of pharmacological agents (negative control). Responses to the negative (N) and positive (P) controls are calculated as above.
  • the compound antagonist activity A is defined as:
  • R is the ratio response of the test compound.
  • Patch clamp electrophysiology was used to assess the efficacy and selectivity of sodium channel blockers in dorsal root ganglion neurons.
  • Rat neurons were isolated from the dorsal root ganglions and maintained in culture for 2 to 10 days in the presence of NGF (50 ng/ml) (culture media consisted of NeurobasalA supplemented with B27; glutamine and antibiotics). Small diameter neurons (nociceptors, 8-12 ⁇ m in diameter) have been visually identified and probed with fine tip glass electrodes connected to an amplifier (Axon Instruments).
  • the “voltage clamp” mode has been used to assess the compound's IC50 holding the cells at ⁇ 60 mV.
  • the “current clamp” mode has been employed to test the efficacy of the compounds in blocking action potential generation in response to current injections. The results of these experiments have contributed to the definition of the efficacy profile of the compounds.
  • TTX-resistant sodium currents were recorded from DRG somata using the whole-cell variation of the patch clamp technique. Recordings were made at room temperature ( ⁇ 22° C.) with thick walled borosilicate glass electrodes (WPI; resistance 3-4 M ⁇ . using an Axopatch 200B amplifier (Axon Instruments). After establishing the whole-cell configuration, approximately 15 minutes were allowed for the pipette solution to equilibrate within the cell before beginning recording. Currents were lowpass filtered between 2-5 kHz and digitally sampled at 10 kHz. Series resistance was compensated 60-70% and was monitored continuously throughout the experiment. The liquid junction potential ( ⁇ 7 mV) between the intracellular pipette solution and the external recording solution was not accounted for in the data analysis. Test solutions were applied to the cells with a gravity driven fast perfusion system (SF-77; Warner Instruments).
  • SF-77 gravity driven fast perfusion system
  • Dose-response relationships were determined in voltage clamp mode by repeatedly depolarizing the cell from the experiment specific holding potential to a test potential of +10 mV once every 60 seconds. Blocking effects were allowed to plateau before proceeding to the next test concentration.
  • Extracellular solution (in mM): NaCl (138), CaCl 2 (1.26), KCl (5.33), KH 2 PO 4 (0.44), MgCl 2 (0.5), MgSO 4 (0.41), NaHCO 3 (4), Na 2 HPO 4 (0.3), glucose (5.6), HEPES (10), CdCl2 (0.4), NiCl2 (0.1), TTX (0.25 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 ).
  • Compounds of the invention are useful as antagonists of voltage-gated calcium ion channels. Antagonist properties of test compounds were assessed as follows. Cells expressing the CaV of interest were placed into microtiter plates. After an incubation period, the cells were stained with fluorescent dyes sensitive to the transmembrane potential. The test compounds were added to the microtiter plate. The cells were stimulated with electrical means to evoke a CaV dependent membrane potential change from unblocked channels, which was detected and measured with trans-membrane potential-sensitive dyes. Antagonists were detected as a decreased membrane potential response to the stimulus.
  • the optical membrane potential assay utilized voltage-sensitive FRET sensors described by Gonzalez and Tsien (See, Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y.
  • HEK293 cells stably expressing CaV2.2 are plated into 96-well microtiter plates. After an appropriate incubation period, the cells are stained with the voltage sensitive dyes CC2-DMPE/DiSBAC2(3) as follows.
  • 10 mM CC2-DMPE is vortexed with an equivalent volume of 10% pluronic, followed by vortexing in required amount of HBSS containing 10 mM HEPES.
  • Each cell plate will require 5 mL of 2 ⁇ CC2-DMPE.
  • 50 ⁇ L of 2 ⁇ CC2-DMPE is added to wells containing washed cells, resulting in a 10 ⁇ M final staining concentration. The cells are stained for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.
  • the electrical stimulation instrument and methods of use are described in ION Channel Assay Methods PCT/US01/21652, herein incorporated by reference.
  • the instrument comprises a microtiter plate handler, an optical system for exciting the coumarin dye while simultaneously recording the coumarin and oxonol emissions, a waveform generator, a current- or voltage-controlled amplifier, and a device for inserting electrodes in well. Under integrated computer control, this instrument passes user-programmed electrical stimulus protocols to cells within the wells of the microtiter plate.
  • R ⁇ ( t ) ( intensity 460 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m - background 460 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m ) ( intensity 580 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m - background 580 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ m )
  • the data is further reduced by calculating the initial (R i ) and final (R f ) ratios. These are the average ratio values during part or all of the pre-stimulation period, and during sample points during the stimulation period.
  • Control responses are obtained by performing assays in the presence of a compound with the desired properties (positive control), such as mibefradil, and in the absence of pharmacological agents (negative control). Responses to the negative (N) and positive (P) controls are calculated as above.
  • the compound antagonist activity A is defined as:
  • R is the ratio response of the test compound.
  • HEK293 cells expressing CaV2.2 have been visually identified and probed with fine tip glass electrodes connected to an amplifier (Axon Instruments).
  • the “voltage clamp” mode has been used to assess the compound's IC50 holding the cells at ⁇ 100 mV. The results of these experiments have contributed to the definition of the efficacy profile of the compounds.
  • CaV2.2 calcium currents were recorded from HEK293 cells using the whole-cell variation of the patch clamp technique. Recordings were made at room temperature ( ⁇ 22° C.) with thick walled borosilicate glass electrodes (WPI; resistance 3-4 M. using an Axopatch 200B amplifier (Axon Instruments). After establishing the whole-cell configuration, approximately 15 minutes were allowed for the pipette solution to equilibrate within the cell before beginning recording. Currents were lowpass filtered between 2-5 kHz and digitally sampled at 10 kHz. Series resistance was compensated 60-70% and was monitored continuously throughout the experiment. The liquid junction potential ( ⁇ 7 mV) between the intracellular pipette solution and the external recording solution was not accounted for in the data analysis. Test solutions were applied to the cells with a gravity driven fast perfusion system (SF-77; Warner Instruments).
  • SF-77 gravity driven fast perfusion system
  • Dose-response relationships were determined in voltage clamp mode by repeatedly depolarizing the cell from the experiment specific holding potential to a test potential of +20 mV for 50 ms at frequencies of 0.1, 1, 5, 10, 15, and 20 Hz. Blocking effects were allowed to plateau before proceeding to the next test concentration.
  • Extracellular solution (in mM): NaCl (138), BaCl 2 (10), KCl (5.33), KH 2 PO 4 (0.44), MgCl 2 (0.5), MgSO 4 (0.41), NaHCO 3 (4), Na 2 HPO 4 (0.3), glucose (5.6), HEPES (10).

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to compounds useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels. The invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising the compounds of the invention and methods of using the compositions in the treatment of various disorders.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • The present application claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119 of U.S. Provisional patent application No. 60/493,659, filed Aug. 8, 2003, and U.S. Provisional patent application No. 60/584,717, filed Jul. 1, 2004, the entire contents of both applications being incorporated herein by reference.
  • TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to compounds useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels and calcium channels. The invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising the compounds of the invention and methods of using the compositions in the treatment of various disorders.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Na channels are central to the generation of action potentials in all excitable cells such as neurons and myocytes. They play key roles in excitable tissue including brain, smooth muscles of the gastrointestinal tract, skeletal muscle, the peripheral nervous system, spinal cord and airway. As such they play key roles in a variety of disease states such as epilepsy (See, Moulard, B. and D. Bertrand (2002) “Epilepsy and sodium channel blockers” Expert Opin. Ther. Patents 12(1): 85-91)), pain (See, Waxman, S. G., S. Dib-Hajj, et al. (1999) “Sodium channels and pain” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96(14): 7635-9 and Waxman, S. G., T. R. Cummins, et al. (2000) “Voltage-gated sodium channels and the molecular pathogenesis of pain: a review” J Rehabil Res Dev 37(5): 517-28), myotonia (See, Meola, G. and V. Sansone (2000) “Therapy in myotonic disorders and in muscle channelopathies” Neurol Sci 21(5): S953-61 and Mankodi, A. and C. A. Thornton (2002) “Myotonic syndromes” Curr Opin Neurol 15(5): 545-52), ataxia (See, Meisler, M. H., J. A. Kearney, et al. (2002) “Mutations of voltage-gated sodium channels in movement disorders and epilepsy” Novartis Found Symp 241: 72-81), multiple sclerosis (See, Black, J. A., S. Dib-Hajj, et al. (2000) “Sensory neuron-specific sodium channel SNS is abnormally expressed in the brains of mice with experimental allergic encephalomyelitis and humans with multiple sclerosis” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 97(21): 11598-602, and Renganathan, M., M. Gelderblom, et al. (2003) “Expression of Na(v)1.8 sodium channels perturbs the firing patterns of cerebellar purkinje cells” Brain Res 959(2): 235-42), irritable bowel (See, Su, X., R. E. Wachtel, et al. (1999) “Capsaicin sensitivity and voltage-gated sodium currents in colon sensory neurons from rat dorsal root ganglia” Am J Physiol 277(6 Pt 1): G1180-8, and Laird, J. M., V. Souslova, et al. (2002) “Deficits in visceral pain and referred hyperalgesia in Nav1.8 (SNS/PN3)— null mice” J Neurosci 22(19): 8352-6), urinary incontinence and visceral pain (See, Yoshimura, N., S. Seki, et al. (2001) “The involvement of the tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium channel Na(v)1.8 (PN3/SNS) in a rat model of visceral pain” J Neurosci 21(21): 8690-6), as well as an array of psychiatry dysfunctions such as anxiety and depression (See, Hurley, S. C. (2002) “Lamotrigine update and its use in mood disorders” Ann Pharmacother 36(5): 860-73).
  • Voltage gated Na channels comprise a gene family consisting of 9 different subtypes (NaV1.1-NaV1.9). As shown in Table 1, these subtypes show tissue specific localization and functional differences (See, Goldin, A. L. (2001) “Resurgence of sodium channel research” Annu Rev Physiol 63: 871-94). Three members of the gene family (NaV1.8, 1.9, 1.5) are resistant to block by the well-known Na channel blocker TTX, demonstrating subtype specificity within this gene family. Mutational analysis has identified glutamate 387 as a critical residue for TTX binding (See, Noda, M., H. Suzuki, et al. (1989) “A single point mutation confers tetrodotoxin and saxitoxin insensitivity on the sodium channel II” FEBS Lett 259(1): 213-6).
  • TABLE 1
    (Abbreviations: CNS = central nervous system,
    PNS = peripheral nervous sytem, DRG =
    dorsal root ganglion, TG = Trigeminal ganglion):
    Na TTX
    Isoform Tissue IC50 Indications
    NaV1.1 CNS, PNS soma 10 nM Pain, Epilepsy,
    of neurons neurodegeneration
    NaV1.2 CNS, high in 10 nM Neurodegeneration
    axons Epilepsy
    NaV1.3 CNS, 15 nM Pain, Epilepsy
    embryonic,
    injured nerves
    NaV1.4 Skeletal 25 nM Myotonia
    muscle
    NaV1.5 Heart  2 μM Arrythmia,
    long QT
    NaV1.6 CNS  6 nM Pain, movement
    widespread, disorders
    most abuntant
    NaV1.7 PNS, DRG, 25 nM Pain,
    terminals Neuroendocrine
    neuroendocrine disorders
    NaV1.8 PNS, small >50 μM   Pain
    neurons in DRG
    & TG
    NaV1.9 PNS, small  1 μM Pain
    neurons in DRG
    & TG
  • In general, voltage-gated sodium channels (Nays) are responsible for initiating the rapid upstroke of action potentials in excitable tissue in nervous system, which transmit the electrical signals that compose and encode normal and aberrant pain sensations. Antagonists of NaV channels can attenuate these pain signals and are useful for treating a variety of pain conditions, including but not limited to acute, chronic, inflammatory, and neuropathic pain. Known NaV antagonists, such as TTX, lidocaine (See, Mao, J. and L. L. Chen (2000) “Systemic lidocaine for neuropathic pain relief” Pain 87(1): 7-17) bupivacaine, phenyloin (See, Jensen, T. S. (2002) “Anticonvulsants in neuropathic pain: rationale and clinical evidence” Eur J Pain 6 (Suppl A): 61-8), lamotrigine (See, Rozen, T. D. (2001) “Antiepileptic drugs in the management of cluster headache and trigeminal neuralgia” Headache 41 Suppl 1: S25-32 and Jensen, T. S. (2002) “Anticonvulsants in neuropathic pain: rationale and clinical evidence” Eur J Pain 6 (Suppl A): 61-8), and carbamazepine (See, Backonja, M. M. (2002) “Use of anticonvulsants for treatment of neuropathic pain” Neurology 59(5 Suppl 2): S14-7), have been shown to be useful attenuating pain in humans and animal models.
  • Hyperalgesia (extreme sensitivity to something painful) that develops in the presence of tissue injury or inflammation reflects, at least in part, an increase in the excitability of high-threshold primary afferent neurons innervating the site of injury. Voltage sensitive sodium channels activation is critical for the generation and propagation of neuronal action potentials. There is a growing body of evidence indicating that modulation of NaV currents is an endogenous mechanism used to control neuronal excitability (See, Goldin, A. L. (2001) “Resurgence of sodium channel research” Annu Rev Physiol 63: 871-94). Several kinetically and pharmacologically distinct voltage-gated sodium channels are found in dorsal root ganglion (DRG) neurons. The TTX-resistant current is insensitive to micromolar concentrations of tetrodotoxin, and displays slow activation and inactivation kinetics and a more depolarized activation threshold when compared to other voltage-gated sodium channels. TTX-resistant sodium currents are primarily restricted to a subpopulation of sensory neurons likely to be involved in nociception. Specifically, TTX-resistant sodium currents are expressed almost exclusively in neurons that have a small cell-body diameter; and give rise to small-diameter slow-conducting axons and that are responsive to capsaicin. A large body of experimental evidence demonstrates that TTX-resistant sodium channels are expressed on C-fibers and are important in the transmission of nociceptive information to the spinal cord.
  • Intrathecal administration of antisense oligo-deoxynucleotides targeting a unique region of the TTX-resistant sodium channel (NaV1.8) resulted in a significant reduction in PGE2-induced hyperalgesia (See, Khasar, S. G., M. S. Gold, et al. (1998) “A tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium current mediates inflammatory pain in the rat” Neurosci Lett 256(1): 17-20). More recently, a knockout mouse line was generated by Wood and colleagues, which lacks functional NaV1.8. The mutation has an analgesic effect in tests assessing the animal's response to the inflammatory agent carrageenan (See, Akopian, A. N., V. Souslova, et al. (1999) “The tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium channel SNS has a specialized function in pain pathways” Nat Neurosci 2(6): 541-8). In addition, deficit in both mechano- and thermoreception were observed in these animals. The analgesia shown by the Nav1.8 knockout mutants is consistent with observations about the role of TTX-resistant currents in nociception.
  • Immunohistochemical, in-situ hybridization and in-vitro electrophysiology experiments have all shown that the sodium channel NaV1.8 is selectively localized to the small sensory neurons of the dorsal root ganglion and trigeminal ganglion (See, Akopian, A. N., L. Sivilotti, et al. (1996) “A tetrodotoxin-resistant voltage-gated sodium channel expressed by sensory neurons” Nature 379(6562): 257-62). The primary role of these neurons is the detection and transmission of nociceptive stimuli. Antisense and immunohistochemical evidence also supports a role for NaV1.8 in neuropathic pain (See, Lai, J., M. S. Gold, et al. (2002) “Inhibition of neuropathic pain by decreased expression of the tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium channel, NaV1.8” Pain 95(1-2): 143-52, and Lai, J., J. C. Hunter, et al. (2000) “Blockade of neuropathic pain by antisense targeting of tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium channels in sensory neurons” Methods Enzymol 314: 201-13). NaV1.8 protein is upregulated along uninjured C-fibers adjacent to the nerve injury. Antisense treatment prevents the redistribution of NaV1.8 along the nerve and reverses neuropathic pain. Taken together the gene-knockout and antisense data support a role for NaV1.8 in the detection and transmission of inflammatory and neuropathic pain.
  • In neuropathic pain states there is a remodeling of Na channel distribution and subtype. In the injured nerve, expression of NaV1.8 and NaV1.9 are greatly reduced whereas expression of the TTX sensitive subunit NaV1.3 is significantly upregulated in animal models of neuropathic pain (See, Dib-Hajj, S. D., J. Fjell, et al. (1999) “Plasticity of sodium channel expression in DRG neurons in the chronic constriction injury model of neuropathic pain.” Pain 83(3): 591-600 and Kim, C. H., Youngsuk, O., et al. (2001) “The changes in expression of three subtypes of TTX sensitive sodium channels in sensory neurons after spinal nerve ligation”. Mol. Brain. Res. 95:153-61). The timecourse of the increase in NaV1.3 parallels the appearance of allodynia in animal models subsequent to nerve injury. Up-regulation of Nav1.3 transcription is also observed in a rat model of diabetic neuropathy. (See, Craner, M. J., Klein, J. P. et al. (2002) “Changes of sodium channel expression in experimental painful diabetic neuropathy.” Ann Neurol. 52(6): 786-92. The biophysics of the NaV1.3 channel is distinctive in that it shows very fast repriming after inactivation following an action potential. This allows for sustained rates of high firing as is often seen in the pathophysiological activity accompanying neuropathic pain (See, Cummins, T. R., F. Aglieco, et al. (2001) “Nav1.3 sodium channels: rapid repriming and slow closed-state inactivation display quantitative differences after expression in a mammalian cell line and in spinal sensory neurons” J Neurosci 21(16): 5952-61). Human NaV1.3 channel proteins are expressed in the central and peripheral systems of man. (See, Chen, Y. H., Dale, T. J., et al. (2000) “Cloning, distribution and functional analysis of the type III sodium channel from human brain.” Eur. J. Neurosci. 12: 4281-89). Furthermore, in the periphery, NaV1.3 channel proteins are detectable in injured but not uninjured human nerves indicating that NaV1.3 plays important physiological roles under pathophysiological conditions in humans as well. Given the strong correlation between increased NaV1.3 channel expression and neuronal hyperexcitability, inhibitors of NaV1.3 channels, and in particular selective ones, might therefore provide efficacious therapeutic agents with less-severe side effects than nonselective Na_+ channel inhibitors in the treatment of painful neuropathies. Similarly, NaV1.3 overexpression may also be associated with increased epipleptic neuronal activity as it is significantly upregulated in hippocampal pyramidal neurons of epileptic humans (See, Whitaker, W. R. J., Faull, M., et al. (2001) “Changes in the mRNAs encoding voltage-gated sodium channel types II and III in human epileptic hippocampus.” Neurosci. 106(2): 275-285); inhibitors with some selectivity against Nav1.3 could also be particularly attractive anticonvulsants and neuroprotectants.
  • NaV1.9 is similar to NaV1.8 as it is selectively localized to small sensory neurons of the dorsal root ganglion and trigeminal ganglion (See, Fang, X., L. Djouhri, et al. (2002). “The presence and role of the tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium channel Na(v)1.9 (NaN) in nociceptive primary afferent neurons.” J Neurosci 22(17): 7425-33). It has a slow rate of inactivation and left-shifted voltage dependence for activation (See, Dib-Hajj, S., J. A. Black, et al. (2002) “NaN/Nav1.9: a sodium channel with unique properties” Trends Neurosci 25(5): 253-9). These two biophysical properties allow NaV1.9 to play a role in establishing the resting membrane potential of nociceptive neurons. The resting membrane potential of NaV1.9 expressing cells is in the −55 to −50 mV range compared to −65 mV for most other peripheral and central neurons. This persistent depolarization is in large part due to the sustained low-level activation of NaV1.9 channels. This depolarization allows the neurons to more easily reach the threshold for firing action potentials in response to nociceptive stimuli. Compounds that block the NaV1.9 channel may play an important role in establishing the set point for detection of painful stimuli.
  • In chronic pain states, nerve and nerve ending can become swollen and hypersensitive exhibiting high frequency action potential firing with mild or even no stimulation. These pathologic nerve swellings are termed neuromas and the primary Na channels expressed in them are NaV1.8 and NaV1.7 (See, Kretschmer, T., L. T. Happel, et al. (2002) “Accumulation of PN1 and PN3 sodium channels in painful human neuroma-evidence from immunocytochemistry” Acta Neurochir (Wien) 144(8): 803-10; discussion 810). NaV1.6 and NaV1.7 are also expressed in dorsal root ganglion neurons and contribute to the small TTX sensitive component seen in these cells. NaV1.7 in particular may therefore be a potential pain target in addition to it's role in neuroendocrine excitability (See, Klugbauer, N., L. Lacinova, et al. (1995) “Structure and functional expression of a new member of the tetrodotoxin-sensitive voltage-activated sodium channel family from human neuroendocrine cells” Embo J 14(6): 1084-90).
  • NaV1.1 (See, Sugawara, T., E. Mazaki-Miyazaki, et al. (2001) “Nav1.1 mutations cause febrile seizures associated with afebrile partial seizures.” Neurology 57(4): 703-5) and NaV1.2 (See, Sugawara, T., Y. Tsurubuchi, et al. (2001) “A missense mutation of the Na+ channel alpha II subunit gene Na(v)1.2 in a patient with febrile and afebrile seizures causes channel dysfunction” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 98(11): 6384-9) have been linked to epilepsy conditions including febrile seizures. There are over 9 genetic mutations in NaV1.1 associated with febrile seizures (See, Meisler, M. H., J. A. Kearney, et al. (2002) “Mutations of voltage-gated sodium channels in movement disorders and epilepsy” Novartis Found Symp 241: 72-81)
  • Antagonists for NaV1.5 have been developed and used to treat cardiac arrhythmias. A gene defect in NaV1.5 that produces a larger noninactivating component to the current has been linked to long QT in man and the orally available local anesthetic mexilitine has been used to treat this condition (See, Wang, D. W., K. Yazawa, et al. (1997) “Pharmacological targeting of long QT mutant sodium channels.” J Clin Invest 99(7): 1714-20).
  • Several Na channel blockers are currently used or being tested in the clinic to treat epilepsy (See, Moulard, B. and D. Bertrand (2002) “Epilepsy and sodium channel blockers” Expert Opin. Ther. Patents 12(1): 85-91); acute (See, Wiffen, P., S. Collins, et al. (2000) “Anticonvulsant drugs for acute and chronic pain” Cochrane Database Syst Rev 3), chronic (See, Wiffen, P., S. Collins, et al. (2000) “Anticonvulsant drugs for acute and chronic pain” Cochrane Database Syst Rev 3, and Guay, D. R. (2001) “Adjunctive agents in the management of chronic pain” Pharmacotherapy 21(9): 1070-81), inflammatory (See, Gold, M. S. (1999) “Tetrodotoxin-resistant Na+ currents and inflammatory hyperalgesia.” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96(14): 7645-9), and neuropathic pain (See, Strichartz, G. R., Z. Zhou, et al. (2002) “Therapeutic concentrations of local anaesthetics unveil the potential role of sodium channels in neuropathic pain” Novartis Found Symp 241: 189-201, and Sandner-Kiesling, A., G. Rumpold Seitlinger, et al. (2002) “Lamotrigine monotherapy for control of neuralgia after nerve section” Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 46(10): 1261-4); cardiac arrhythmias (See, An, R. H., R. Bangalore, et al. (1996) “Lidocaine block of LQT-3 mutant human Na+ channels” Circ Res 79(1): 103-8, and Wang, D. W., K. Yazawa, et al. (1997) “Pharmacological targeting of long QT mutant sodium channels” J Clin Invest 99(7): 1714-20); neuroprotection (See, Taylor, C. P. and L. S, Narasimhan (1997) “Sodium channels and therapy of central nervous system diseases” Adv Pharmacol 39: 47-98) and as anesthetics (See, Strichartz, G. R., Z. Zhou, et al. (2002) “Therapeutic concentrations of local anaesthetics unveil the potential role of sodium channels in neuropathic pain.” Novartis Found Symp 241: 189-201).
  • Voltage-gated calcium channels are membrane-spanning, multi-subunit proteins that open in response to membrane depolarization, allowing Ca entry from the extracellular milieu. Calcium channels were initially classified based on the time and voltage-dependence of channel opening and on the sensitivity to pharmacological block. The categories were low-voltage activated (primarily T-type) and high-voltage activated (L, N, P, Q or R-type). This classification scheme was replaced by a nomenclature based upon the molecular subunit composition, as summarized in Table I (Hockerman, G. H., et. al. (1997) Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 37: 361-96; Striessnig, J. (1999) Cell. Physiol. Biochem. 9: 242-69). There are four primary subunit types that make up calcium channels—α1, α2δ, β, and γ (See, e.g., De Waard et al. Structural and functional diversity of voltage-activated calcium channels. In Ion Channels, (ed. T. Narahashi) 41-87, (Plenum Press, New York, 1996)). The α1 subunit is the primary determinant of the pharmacological properties and contains the channel pore and voltage sensor (Hockerman, G. H., et. al. (1997) Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 37: 361-96; Striessnig, J. (1999) Cell. Physiol. Biochem. 9: 242-69). Ten isoforms of the α1 subunit are known, as indicated in Table I. The α2δ subunit consists of two disulfide linked subunits, α2, which is primarily extracellular and a transmembrane δ subunit. Four isoforms of α2δ are known, α2δ-1, α2δ-2, α2δ-3 and α2δ-4. The β subunit is a non-glycosylated cytoplasmic protein that binds to the α1 subunit. Four isoforms are known, termed β1 to β4. The γ subunit is a transmembrane protein that has been biochemically isolated as a component of Ca v1 and Ca v2 channels. At least 8 isoforms are known (γ1 to γ8) (Kang, M. G. and K. P. Campbell (2003) J. Biol. Chem. 278: 21315-8). The nomenclature for voltage-gated calcium channels is based upon the content of the α1 subunit, as indicated in Table I. Each type of α1 subunit can associate with a variety of β, α2δ or γ subunits, so that each Cav type corresponds to many different combinations of subunits.
  • Cav Pharmacological
    Nomenclature α1 subunit name
    Cav1.1 α1S L-type
    Cav1.2 α1C L-type
    Cav1.3 α1D L-type
    Cav1.4 α1F
    Cav2.1 α1A P- or Q-type
    Cav2.2 α1B N-type
    Cav2.3 α1E R-type
    Cav3.1 α1G T-type
    Cav3.2 α1H T-type
    Cav3.3 α1I T-type
  • Ca v2 currents are found almost exclusively in the central and peripheral nervous system and in neuroendocrine cells and constitute the predominant forms of presynaptic voltage-gated calcium current. Presynaptic action potentials cause channel opening and neurotransmitter release is steeply dependent upon the subsequent calcium entry. Thus, Ca v2 channels play a central role in mediating neurotransmitter release.
  • Cav2.1 and Cav2.2 contain high affinity binding sites for the peptide toxins ω-conotoxin-MVIIC and ω-conotoxin-GVIA, respectively, and these peptides have been used to determine the distribution and function of each channel type. Cav2.2 is highly expressed at the presynaptic nerve terminals of neurons from the dorsal root ganglion and neurons of lamina I and II of the dorsal horn (Westenbroek, R. E., et al. (1998) J. Neurosci. 18: 6319-30; Cizkova, D, et al. (2002) Exp. Brain Res. 147: 456-63). Cav2.2 channels are also found in presynaptic terminals between second and third order interneurons in the spinal cord. Both sites of neurotransmission are very important in relaying pain information to the brain.
  • Pain can be roughly divided into three different types: acute, inflammatory, and neuropathic. Acute pain serves an important protective function in keeping the organism safe from stimuli that may produce tissue damage. Severe thermal, mechanical, or chemical inputs have the potential to cause severe damage to the organism if unheeded. Acute pain serves to quickly remove the individual from the damaging environment. Acute pain by its very nature generally is short lasting and intense. Inflammatory pain, on the other hand, may last for much longer periods of time and its intensity is more graded. Inflammation may occur for many reasons including tissue damage, autoimmune response, and pathogen invasion. Inflammatory pain is mediated by a variety of agents that are released during inflammation, including substance P, histamines, acid, prostaglandin, bradykinin, CGRP, cytokines, ATP, and other agents (Julius, D. and A. I. Basbaum (2001) Nature 413 (6852): 203-10). The third class of pain is neuropathic and involves nerve damage arising from nerve injury or viral infection and results in reorganization of neuronal proteins and circuits yielding a pathologic “sensitized” state that can produce chronic pain lasting for years. This type of pain provides no adaptive benefit and is particularly difficult to treat with existing therapies.
  • Pain, particularly neuropathic and intractable pain is a large unmet medical need. Millions of individuals suffer from severe pain that is not well controlled by current therapeutics. The current drugs used to treat pain include NSAIDS, COX-2 inhibitors, opioids, tricyclic antidepressants, and anticonvulsants. Neuropathic pain has been particularly difficult to treat as it does not respond well to opioids until high doses are reached. Gabapentin is currently the most widely used therapeutic for the treatment of neuropathic pain, although it works in only 60% of patients and has modest efficacy. The drug is generally safe, although sedation is an issue at higher doses.
  • Validation of Cav2.2 as a target for the treatment of neuropathic pain is provided by studies with ziconotide (also known as ω-conotoxin-MVIIA), a selective peptide blocker of this channel (Bowersox, S. S., et al. (1996) J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 279: 1243-9; Jain, K. K. (2000) Exp. Opin. Invest. Drugs 9: 2403-10; Vanegas, H. and H. Schaible (2000) Pain 85: 9-18). In man, intrathecal infusion of Ziconotide is effective for the treatment of intractable pain, cancer pain, opioid resistant pain, and neuropathic pain. The toxin has an 85% success rate for the treatment of pain in humans with a greater potency than morphine. An orally available antagonist of Cav2.2 should have similar efficacy without the need for intrathecal infusion. Cav2.1 and Cav2.3 are also in neurons of nociceptive pathways and antagonists of these channels could be used to treat pain.
  • Antagonists of Cav2.1, Cav2.2 or Cav2.3 should also be useful for treating other pathologies of the central nervous system that apparently involve excessive calcium entry. Cerebral ischaemia and stroke are associated with excessive calcium entry due to depolarization of neurons. The Cav2.2 antagonist ziconotide is effective in reducing infarct size in a focal ischemia model using laboratory animals, suggesting that Cav2.2 antagonists could be used for the treatment of stroke. Likewise, reducing excessive calcium influx into neurons may be useful for the treatment of epilepsy, traumatic brain injury, Alzheimer's disease, multi-infarct dementia and other classes of dementia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, amnesia, or neuronal damage caused by poison or other toxic substances.
  • Cav2.2 also mediates release of neurotransmitters from neurons of the sympathetic nervous system and antagonists could be used to treat cardiovascular diseases such as hypertension, cardiac arrhythmia, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, and congestive heart failure.
  • However, as described above, the efficacy of currently used sodium channel blockers and calcium channel blockers for the disease states described above has been to a large extent limited by a number of side effects. These side effects include various CNS disturbances such as blurred vision, dizziness, nausea, and sedation as well more potentially life threatening cardiac arrhythmias and cardiac failure. Accordingly, there remains a need to develop additional Na channel antagonists, and Ca channel antagonists preferably those with higher potency and fewer side effects.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • It has now been found that compounds of this invention, and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, are useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium and/or calcium channels. These compounds have the general formula I:

  • T-L1-A-L2-Z  (I);
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof;
  • wherein:
  • L1 is —(X1)p—(X2)q—Ry—;
      • wherein:
      • X1 is O, S, or NRx
      • p is 0 or 1;
      • q is 0 or 1;
      • Rx is H or R2;
      • X2 is R2;
  • Ry is —C(O)—NR2—; or
  • L2 and Ry are independently selected from OC(O), C(O)O, S(O), SO2, N(R5)SO2, N(R6)SO2, SO2N(R5), SO2N(R6), C(O)N(R5), C(O)N(R6), NR5C(O), NR6C(O), C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR6)R6, N(R5), N(R6), NR5C(O)O, NR6C(O)0, OC(O)NR5, OC(O)NR6, NR5C(O)N(R5), NR5C(O)N(R6), NR6C(O)N(R5), NR6C(O)N(R6), NR5SO2N(R5), NR5SO2N(R6), NR6SO2N(R5), NR6SO2N(R6), N(OR5), or N(OR6);
  • Z is hydrogen, cycloaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring;
  • T is aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic ring;
  • A is aryl or heteroaryl ring;
  • wherein each of T, A, and Z optionally comprises up to 4 suitable substituents independently selected from R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5;
  • R1 is oxo, ═NN(R6)2, ═NN(R7)2, ═NN(R6R7), R6 or (CH2)n—Y;
  • n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO2, CF3, OCF3, OH, SR6, S(O)R6, SO2R6, NH2, NHR6, N(R6)2, NR6R8, COOH, COOR6 or OR6; or
  • two R1 on adjacent ring atoms, taken together, form 1,2-methylenedioxy or 1,2-ethylenedioxy;
  • R2 is aliphatic, wherein each R2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • R3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R1, R2, R4 or R5;
  • R4 is OR5, OR6, OC(O)R6, OC(O)R5, OC(O)OR6, OC(O)OR5, OC(O)N(R6)2, OC(O)N(R5)2, OC(O)N(R6R5), OP(O) (OR6)2, OP(O) (OR5)2, OP(O)(OR6)(OR5), SR6, SR5, S(O)R6, S(O)R5, SO2R6, SO2R5, SO2N(R6)2, SO2N(R5)2, SO2NR5R6, SO3R6, SO3R5, C(O)R5, C(O)OR5, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)N(R6)2, C(O)N(R5)2, C(O)N(R5R6), C(O)N(OR6)R6, C(O)N(OR5)R6, C(O)N(OR6)R5, C(O)N(OR5)R5, C(NOR6)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R5, N(R6)2, N(R5)2, N(R5R6), NR5C(O)R5, NR6C(O)R6, NR6C(O)R5, NR6C(O)OR6, NR5C(O)OR6, NR6C(O)OR5, NR5C(O)OR5, NR6C(O)N(R6)2, NR6C(O)NR5R6, NR6C(O)N(R5)2, NR5C(O)N(R6)2, NR5C(O)NR5R6, NR5C(O)N(R5)2, NR6SO2R6, NR6SO2R5, NR5SO2R5, NR6SO2N(R6)2, NR6SO2NR5R6, NR6SO2N(R5)2, NR5SO2NR5R6, NR5SO2N(R5)2, N(OR6)R6, N(OR6)R5, N(OR5)R5, N(OR5)R6, P(O)(OR6)N(R6)2, P(O)(OR6)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR6)N(R5)2, P(O)(OR5)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR5)N(R6)2, P(O) (OR5)N(R5)2, P(O) (OR6)2, P(O) (OR5)2, or P(O) (OR6)(OR5);
  • R5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 R1 substituents;
  • R6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R6 is optionally substituted with a R7 substituent;
  • R7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH2)n—Z;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO2, C(halo)3, CH(halo)2, CH2(halo), —OC(halo)3, —OCH(halo)2, —OCH2(halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO2-aliphatic, NH2, NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic)2, N(aliphatic)R8, COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R8 is an amino protecting group.
  • These compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof are useful for treating or lessening the severity of a variety of diseases, disorders, or conditions, including, but not limited to, acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis, migraine, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, and incontinence.
  • DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 (FIG. 1-1 to FIG. 1-223) depicts the structures of the compounds of the present invention.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • According to one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of formula (I) useful in inhibiting a sodium and/or calcium channel:

  • T-L1-A-L2-Z  (I);
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
  • wherein:
  • L1 is —(X1)p—(X2)q—Ry—;
      • wherein:
      • X1 is O, S, or NRx
      • p is 0 or 1;
      • q is 0 or 1;
      • Rx is H or R2;
      • X2 is R2;
  • Ry is —C(O)—NR2—; or
  • L2 and Ry are independently selected from OC(O), C(O)O, S(O), SO2, N(R5)SO2, N(R6)SO2, SO2N(R5), SO2N(R6), C(O)N(R5), C(O)N(R6), NR5C(O), NR6C(O), C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR6)R6, N(R5), N(R6), NR5C(O)O, NR6C(O)O, OC(O)NR5, OC(O)NR6, NR5C(O)N(R5), NR5C(O)N(R6), NR6C(O)N(R5), NR6C(O)N(R6), NR5SO2N(R5), NR5SO2N(R6), NR6SO2N(R5), NR6SO2N(R6), N(OR5), or N(OR6);
  • Z is hydrogen, cycloaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring;
  • T is aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic ring;
  • A is aryl or heteroaryl ring;
  • wherein each of T, A, and Z is optionally substituted with up to 4 suitable substituents independently selected from R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5;
  • R1 is oxo, ═NN(R6)2, ═NN(R7)2, ═NN(R6R7), R6 or (CH2)n—Y;
  • n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO2, CF3, OCF3, OH, SR6, S(O)R6, SO2R6, NH2, NHR6, N(R6)2, NR6R8, COOH, COOR6 or OR6; or
  • two R1 on adjacent ring atoms, taken together, form 1,2-methylenedioxy or 1,2-ethylenedioxy;
  • R2 is aliphatic, wherein each R2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • R3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R1, R2, R4 or R5;
  • R4 is OR5, OR6, OC(O)R6, OC(O)R5, OC(O)OR6, OC(O)OR5, OC(O)N(R6)2, OC(O)N(R5)2, OC(O)N(R6R5), OP(O) (OR6)2, OP(O) (OR5)2, OP(O)(OR6)(OR5), SR6, SR5, S(O)R6, S(O)R5, SO2R6, SO2R5, SO2N(R6)2, SO2N(R5)2, SO2NR5R6, SO3R6, SO3R5, C(O)R5, C(O)OR5, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)N(R6)2, C(O)N(R5)2, C(O)N(R5R6), C(O)N(OR6)R6, C(O)N(OR5)R6, C(O)N(OR6)R5, C(O)N(OR5)R5, C(NOR6)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R5, N(R6)2, N(R5)2, N(R5R6), NR5C(O)R5, NR6C(O)R6, NR6C(O)R5, NR6C(O)OR6, NR5C(O)OR6, NR6C(O)OR5, NR5C(O)OR5, NR6C(O)N(R6)2, NR6C(O)NR5R6, NR6C(O)N(R5)2, NR5C(O)N(R6)2, NR5C(O)NR5R6, NR5C(O)N(R5)2, NR6SO2R6, NR6SO2R5, NR5SO2R5, NR6SO2N(R6)2, NR6SO2NR5R6, NR6SO2N(R5)2, NR5SO2NR5R6, NR5SO2N(R5)2, N(OR6)R6, N(OR6)R5, N(OR5)R5, N(OR5)R6, P(O) (OR6)N(R6)2, P(O) (OR6)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR6)N(R5)2, P(O)(OR5)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR5)N(R6)2, P(O) (OR5)N(R5)2, P(O) (OR6)2, P(O) (OR5)2, or P(O)(OR6)(OR5);
  • R5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 R1 substituents;
  • R6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R6 is optionally substituted with a R7 substituent;
  • R7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH2)n—Z′;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO2, C(halo)3, CH(halo)2, CH2(halo), —OC(halo)3, —OCH(halo)2, —OCH2(halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO2-aliphatic, NH2, NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic)2, N(aliphatic)R8, COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R8 is an amino protecting group.
  • According to one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of formula I′:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00001
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
    wherein:
  • X1 is O, S, or NRx;
      • p is 0 or 1;
      • q is 0 or 1;
      • Rx is H or R2;
      • X2 is a bond R2;
      • L2 is selected from OC(O), C(O)O, S(O), SO2, N(R5)SO2, N(R6)SO2, SO2N(R5), SO2N(R6), C(O)N(R5), C(O)N(R6), NR5C(O), NR6C(O), C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR6)R6, N(R5), N(R6), NR5C(O)O, NR6C(O)O, OC(O)NR5, OC(O)NR6, NR5C(O)N(R5), NR5C(O)N(R6), NR6C(O)N(R5), NR6C(O)N(R6), NR5SO2N(R5), NR5SO2N(R6), NR6SO2N(R5), NR6SO2N(R6), N(OR5), or N(OR6);
  • Z is cycloaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring;
  • T is aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic ring;
  • A is aryl or heteroaryl ring;
  • wherein each of T, A, and Z is optionally substituted with up to 4 suitable substituents independently selected from R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5;
  • R1 is oxo, ═NN(R6)2, ═NN(R7)2, ═NN(R6R7), R6 or (CH2)n—Y;
  • n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO2, CF3, OCF3, OH, SR6, S(O)R6, SO2R6, NH2, NHR6, N(R6)2, NR6R8, COOH, COOR6 or OR6; or
  • two R1 on adjacent ring atoms, taken together, form 1,2-methylenedioxy or 1,2-ethylenedioxy;
  • R2 is aliphatic, wherein each R2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • R3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring, optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R1, R2, R4 or R5;
  • R4 is OR5, OR6, OC(O)R6, OC(O)R5, OC(O)OR6, OC(O)OR5, OC(O)N(R6)2, OC(O)N(R5)2, OC(O)N(R6R5), OP(O) (OR6)2, OP(O) (OR5)2, OP(O)(OR6)(OR5), SR6, SR5, S(O)R6, S(O)R5, SO2R6, SO2R5, SO2N(R6)2, SO2N(R5)2, SO2NR5R6, SO3R6, SO3R5, C(O)R5, C(O)OR5, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)N(R6)2, C(O)N(R5)2, C(O)N(R5R6), C(O)N(OR6)R6, C(O)N(OR5)R6, C(O)N(OR6)R5, C(O)N(OR5)R5, C(NOR6)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R5, N(R6)2, N(R5)2, N(R5R6), NR5C(O)R5, NR6C(O)R6, NR6C(O)R5, NR6C(O)OR6, NR5C(O)OR6, NR6C(O)OR5, NR5C(O)OR5, NR6C(O)N(R6)2, NR6C(O)NR5R6, NR6C(O)N(R5)2, NR5C(O)N(R6)2, NR5C(O)NR5R6, NR5C(O)N(R5)2, NR6SO2R6, NR6SO2R5, NR5SO2R5, NR6SO2N(R6)2, NR6SO2NR5R6, NR6SO2N(R5)2, NR5SO2NR5R6, NR5SO2N(R5)2, N(OR6)R6, N(OR6)R5, N(OR5)R5, N(OR5)R6, P(O) (OR6)N(R6)2, P(O) (OR6)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR6)N(R5)2, P(O) (OR5)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR5)N(R6)2, P(O) (OR5)N(R5)2, P(O) (OR6)2, P(O) (OR5)2, or P(O)(OR6)(OR5);
  • R5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 R1 substituents;
  • R6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R6 is optionally substituted with a R7 substituent;
  • R7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH2)n—Z′;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO2, C(halo)3, CH(halo)2, CH2(halo), —OC(halo)3, —OCH(halo)2, —OCH2(halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO2-aliphatic, NH2, NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic)2, N(aliphatic)R8, COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R8 is an amino protecting group.
  • For purposes of this invention, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry are described in “Organic Chemistry”, Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999, and “March's Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 5th Ed., Ed.: Smith, M. B. and March, J., John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2001, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • As described herein, compounds of the invention may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents, such as are illustrated generally above, or as exemplified by particular classes, subclasses, and species of the invention. It will be appreciated that the phrase “optionally substituted” is used interchangeably with the phrase “substituted or unsubstituted.” In general, the term “substituted”, whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, refers to the replacement of hydrogen radicals in a given structure with the radical of a specified substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an optionally substituted group may have a substituent at each substitutable (i.e., having the requisite valency available for a given substituent) position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. The term “stable”, as used herein, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and preferably their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein. In some embodiments, a stable compound or chemically feasible compound is one that is not substantially altered when kept at a temperature of 40° C. or less, in the absence of moisture or other chemically reactive conditions, for at least a week.
  • The term “aliphatic” or “aliphatic group”, as used herein, means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-10 aliphatic carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-8 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments aliphatic groups contain 1-4 aliphatic carbon atoms. Suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups. The term “cycloaliphatic” means a monocyclic hydrocarbon, bicyclic, or tricyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic and has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. In some embodiments, “cycloaliphatic” refers to a monocyclic C3-C8 hydrocarbon or bicyclic C8-C12 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule wherein any individual ring in said bicyclic ring system has 3-7 members.
  • Unless otherwise specified, the term “heterocycle”, “heterocyclyl”, “heterocycloaliphatic”, or “heterocyclic” as used herein means non-aromatic, monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring systems in which one or more ring atoms in one or more ring members is an independently selected heteroatom. Heterocyclic ring can be saturated or can contain one or more unsaturated bonds. In some embodiments, the “heterocycle”, “heterocyclyl”, or “heterocyclic” group has three to fourteen ring members in which one or more ring members is a heteroatom independently selected from oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, or phosphorus, and each ring in the ring system contains 3 to 7 ring members.
  • The term “heteroatom” means oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon; the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR+ (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl)).
  • The term “unsaturated”, as used herein, means that a moiety has one or more units of unsaturation.
  • The term “alkoxy”, or “thioalkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as previously defined, attached to the principal carbon chain through an oxygen (“alkoxy”) or sulfur (“thioalkyl”) atom.
  • The term “aryl” used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl”, “aralkoxy”, or “aryloxyalkyl”, refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring carbon atoms, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms. The term “aryl” may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring”.
  • The term “heteroaryl”, used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkoxy”, refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, at least one ring in the system contains one or more heteroatoms, and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members. The term “heteroaryl” may be used interchangeably with the term “heteroaryl ring” or the term “heteroaromatic”.
  • The term “alkylidene chain” refers to a straight or branched carbon chain that may be fully saturated or have one or more units of unsaturation and has two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, (Z) and (E) double bond isomers, and (Z) and (E) conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention. Additionally, unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a 13C— or 14C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention. Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools or probes in biological assays.
  • According to a preferred embodiment, p is 0, and q is 0.
  • According to another preferred embodiment, p is 0, and q is 1. Or, p is 1, and q is 0.
  • According to yet another preferred embodiment, p is 1 and q is 1.
  • According to a preferred embodiment, X1 is O or NRx. More preferably, X1 is O. According to another embodiment, X1 is NRx; preferably Rx is H. Or, X1 is S.
  • According to a preferred embodiment, X2 is a straight or branched (C1-C6)alkyl or (C2-C6)alkenyl or alkynyl, optionally substituted with up to two substituents independently selected from R1 and R5. More preferably, X2 is a straight or branched (C1-C6)alkyl optionally substituted with up to two substituents independently selected from R1 and R5. Preferred X2 include C1-4 alkyl, such as, —CH2—, CH2CH2, or —CH2CH2CH2—.
  • According to a preferred embodiment of formula (I), Ry is —C(O)—NH— or —C(O)—NR2—. More preferably, R2 is straight or branched (C1-C6)alkyl or (C2-C6)alkenyl or alkynyl, optionally substituted with up to two substituents independently selected from R1 and R5. More preferably, Ry is —C(O)—NH—.
  • In one embodiment, L2 is selected from N(R5)SO2, N(R6)SO2, SO2N(R5), SO2N(R6), C(O)N(R5), C(O)N(R6), NR5C(O), NR6C(O), NR5C(O)O, NR6C(O)O, OC(O)NR5, OC(O)NR6, NR5C(O)N(R5), NR5C(O)N(R6), NR6C(O)N(R5), or NR6C(O)N(R6).
  • In another embodiment, L2 is selected from N(R6)SO2, SO2N(R6), C(O)N(R6), NR6C(O), NR6C(O)O, OC(O)NR6, or NR6C(O)N(R6). Preferably, R6 is hydrogen.
  • In another embodiment, L2 is selected from NHSO2, SO2NH, C(O)NH, or NHC(O).
  • According to another preferred embodiment, Z is cycloaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
  • According to a preferred embodiment of formula (I), Z is aryl or heteroaryl. More preferably, Z is phenyl or napthyl. According to a more preferred embodiment, Z is heteroaryl. More preferably, Z is selected from thiazole, isothiazole, thiadiazole, thiaphene, furan, oxazole, isooxazole, oxadiazole, triazole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, triazine, or pyrrolyl.
  • According to a preferred embodiment of formula (I), A is aryl. More preferably, A is phenyl or naphthyl. Most preferably, A is phenyl.
  • According to another preferred embodiment of formula (I), A is heteroaryl. More preferably, A is a monocyclic aromatic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms. More preferably, A is pyridyl, pyrazyl, triazinyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or pyrimidinyl. According to another preferred embodiment of formula (I), A is a bicyclic ring system with at least one aromatic ring, wherein said ring system contains 1-5 heteroatoms. More preferably, A is quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, purinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazine, quinazolinyl, quinaoxalinyl, naphthylirinyl, or pteridinyl. According to another preferred embodiment, A is a tricyclic ring system with at least one aromatic ring, wherein said ring system contains 1-5 heteroatoms. More preferably, A is dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, or phenoxazinyl.
  • According to a preferred embodiment of formula (I), T is aliphatic or cycloaliphatic. According to a preferred embodiment T is aliphatic; more preferably, (C1-C6) straight or branched alkyl; yet more preferably, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, or t-butyl. According to another preferred embodiment, T is cycloaliphatic; more preferably, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, or adamantyl. Yet more preferably, T is cyclopropyl, cyclohenxyl, norbornyl, or adamantyl.
  • According to another preferred embodiment, T is an aryl ring; more preferably, phenyl, napthyl, or anthracenyl. Yet more preferably, T is phenyl or napthyl. According to another preferred embodiment, T is a heteroaryl ring; more preferably, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, oxazolyl, quinolinyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, pyridiyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, oxazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, purinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, napthyridinyl, pteridinyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, carbazolyl.
  • In one embodiment, T is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00002
  • wherein T is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from phenyl optionally substituted with R1, halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • According to another preferred embodiment, T is a heterocyclic ring; preferably, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, quinuclidinyl, dioxoianyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, dioxanyl, piperazinyl, or trithianyl.
  • According to another preferred embodiment of formula (I), R1 is oxo. According to another preferred embodiment, R1 is R6 or (CH2)n—Y; more preferably, R1 is Y (i.e., n is 0).
  • According to another preferred embodiment of formula (I), R2 is a straight or branched (C1-C6)alkyl or (C2-C6)alkenyl or alkynyl, optionally substituted with up to two R1 substitutions.
  • According to one embodiment, R1 is (CH2)n—Y. Or, R1 is Y. Preferred Y includes halo, CN, NO2, CF3, OCF3, OH, SH, S(C1-4 aliphatic), S(O) (C1-4 aliphatic), SO2(C1-4 aliphatic), NH2, NH(C1-4 aliphatic), N(C1-4 aliphatic)2, NR(C1-4 aliphatic)R8, COOH, COO(C1-4 aliphatic) or O(C1-4 aliphatic). Or two R1 on adjacent ring atoms, taken together, form 1,2-methylenedioxy or 1,2-ethylenedioxy;
  • According to another embodiment, R1 is selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • According to another preferred embodiment of formula (I):
      • Z is thiazol-2-yl;
      • A is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, or tetrazinyl;
      • L1 is —(X1)p—(X2)q—Ry—;
        • wherein:
        • X1 is O, S, or NRx
        • p is 0 or 1;
        • q is 0 or 1;
        • Rx is H or R2;
        • X2 is R2;
        • Ry is —C(O)—NH—; and
      • L2 is SO2N(R5) or SO2N(R6).
  • According to one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula I-A:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00003
  • wherein:
  • X1 is O, S, or NRX
  • p is 0 or 1;
  • RX is H or R2;
  • RN is hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with up to two substituents selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • X2 is C1-3 aliphatic, optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • Z is a 5-7 membered unsaturated or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, SO, SO2, N, or NH;
  • T is a 8-14 membered aromatic or non-aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring, having 0-5 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, NH, S(O) or SO2;
  • wherein each of Z and T is optionally substituted with up to 4 substituents independently selected from R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5;
  • wherein the phenylene ring attached to the sulfonyl is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from R1 and R2;
  • R1 is oxo, ═NN(R6)2, ═NN(R7)2, ═NN(R6R7), R6 or (CH2)n—Y;
  • n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO2, CF3, OCF3, OH, SR6, S(O)R6, SO2R6, NH2, NHR6, N(R6)2, NR6R8, COOH, COOR6 or OR6; or
  • two R1 on adjacent ring atoms, taken together, form 1,2-methylenedioxy or 1,2-ethylenedioxy;
  • R2 is aliphatic, wherein each R2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • R3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R1, R2, R4 or R5;
  • R4 is OR5, OR6, OC(O)R6, OC(O)R5, OC(O)OR6, OC(O)OR5, OC(O)N(O)2, OC(O)N(R5)2, OC(O)N(R6R5), OP(O)(OR6)2, OP(O) (OR5)2, OP(O) (OR6)(OR5), SR6, SR5, S(O)R6, S(O)R5, SO2O, SO2R5, SO2N(R6)2, SO2N(R5)2, SO2NR5R6, SO3O, SO3R5, C(O)R5, C(O)OR5, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)N(R6)2, C(O)N(R5)2, C(O)N(R5R6), C(O)N(OR6)R6, C(O)N(OR5)O, C(O)N(OR6)R5, C(O)N(OR5)R5, C(NOR6)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R5, N(R6)2, N(R5)2, N(R5R6), NR5C(O)R5, NR6C(O)R6, NR6C(O)R5, NR6C(O)OR6, NR5C(O)OR6, NR6C(O)OR5, NR5C(O)OR5, NR6C(O)N(R6)2, NR6C(O)NR5R6, NR6C(O)N(R5)2, NR5C(O)N(R6)2, NR5C(O)NR5R6, NR5C(O)N(R5)2, NR6SO2R6, NR6SO2R5, NR5SO2R5, NR6SO2N(R6)2, NR6SO2NR5R6, NR6SO2N(R5)2, NR5SO2NR5R6, NR5SO2N(R5)2, N(OR6)R6, N(OR6)R5, N(OR5)R5, N(OR5)R6, P(O) (OR6)N(R6)2, P(O)(OR5)N(R6), P(O) (OR6)N(R5)2, P(O) (OR5)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR5)N(R6)2, P(O)(OR5)N(R5)2, P(O)(OR6)2, P(O)(OR5)2, or P(O)(OR6)(OR5);
  • R5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring optionally is optionally substituted with up to 3 R1 substituents;
  • R6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R6 is optionally substituted with a R7 substituent;
  • R7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH2)n—Z′;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO2, C(halo)3, CH(halo)2, CH2(halo), —OC(halo)3, —OCH(halo)2, —OCH2(halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO2-aliphatic, NH2, NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic)2, N(aliphatic)R8, COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R8 is an amino protecting group.
  • In certain embodiments, compounds of formula I or formula I-A exclude the following:
  • a) when both RN are hydrogen, and T is isoindol-1,3-dione-2-yl optionally substituted with up to 4 halo atoms, then Z is not pyridyl, thiazol-2-yl, 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl, 2-ethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, optionally substituted pyrimidin-2-yl, 5-methyl-isoxazolyl, 3,4-dimethyl-isoxazoly, or 2-methyl-isoxazolyl;
  • b) when both RN are hydrogen, and T is
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00004
  • optionally substituted with up to 4 halo atoms, wherein Rmm is phenyl optionally substituted with C1-4 alkyl or hydrogen, then Z is not optionally substituted pyrimidin-2-yl, 2-pyridyl, or thiazol-2-yl;
  • c) when both RN are hydrogen, X2 is —CH2—, p is 1, X1 is S, and T is
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00005
  • then Z is not 3,4-dimethylisoxazolyl, pyrimidin-2-yl, thiazol-2-yl, or 4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl;
  • c) when both RN are hydrogen, X2 is —CH2— and X1 is S, or X2 is CH═CH and X1 is absent, and T is optionally substituted
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00006
  • wherein Y′ is O, S, or NH, then Z is not pyrimidinyl optionally substituted with up to 2 methyl or methoxy groups, 2-pyridyl, thiazol-2-yl, 2-methoxy-pyrazin-3-yl, 3-chloro-pyridazin-6-yl, 3,4-dimethyl-isoxazolyl, or 2-ethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-5-yl;
  • d) when both RN are hydrogen, X2 is —CH2—CH2—, X1 is absent, and T is
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00007
  • then Z is not thiazol-2-yl, 2,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-4-yl, or 3,4-dimethyl-isoxazol-5-yl;
  • e) when both RN are hydrogen, X2 is —CH2—, X1 is O or S, and T is
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00008
  • wherein Y2 is O or CH2, then Z is not thiazol-2-yl, or 4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl, or pyrimidin-2-yl;
  • f) when both RN are hydrogen, X2 is —CH2—, X1 is O, T is
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00009
  • wherein Rnn is hydrogen or halo, then Z is not thiazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-pyrimidin-2-yl, 4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, or 5-methyl-isoxazol-3-yl;
  • g) when both RN are hydrogen, X2 is —CH2—, X1 is absent, T is 1,4-dihydro-quinoxalin-2,3-dione-4-yl, then Z is not 5-methylisoxazol-3-yl, thiazol-2-yl, 4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, or 2-pyridyl;
  • h) when both RN are hydrogen, X2 is —CH2—, X1 is absent, and T is 2,3-dihydro-phthalazin-1,4-dione-2-yl, then Z is not pyridyl, thiazol-2-yl, or optionally substituted pyrimidin-2-yl;
  • i) when both RN are hydrogen, X2 is —CH2—, X1 is absent, and T is adamantyl or haloadamantyl, then Z is not 3,4-dimethylisoxazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl, or 4-methyl-pyrimidin-2-yl;
  • j) the following compounds in Table A, wherein RN is hydrogen, are excluded:
  • TABLE A
    ring Z X2 X1 ring T
    pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 NH 1-naphthyl
    4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 NH 1-naphthyl
    5-methyl-isoxazol-3-yl CH2 1-naphthyl
    thiazol-2-yl CH2 O 1-naphthyl, 2-napthyl,
    1,7-dibromo-naphth-2-yl
    4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 O 1-naphthyl, 2-napthyl,
    or 1,7-dibromo-naphth-2-yl
    2-methoxy-pyrazin-3-yl CH2 O 2-napthyl
    5-ethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl CH2 1-napthyl
    thiazol-2-yl CH2 1-naphtyl
    5-ethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl CH2 O 2-naphthyl
    2,6-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-4-yl CH2 O 1-bromo-2-naphthyl
    2,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-4-yl CH2 O 2-naphthyl or 1-bromo-
    2-naphthyl
    2,6-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-4-yl CH2 O 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl
    2,4-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-6-yl CH═CH 1-naphthyl
    4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl CH═CH 1-naphthyl
    5-methyl-isoxazol-3-yl CH2 O 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl
    5-methyl-isoxazol-3-yl CH2 O 1-bromo-2-naphthyl or
    1,7-dibromo-naphth-2-yl
    4,5-dimethyl-isoxazol-3-yl CH2 S 4-bromo-7-chloro-
    naphth-1-yl
    thiazol-2-yl CH2 S 4-bromo-7-chloro-
    naphth-1-yl
    4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 O or S 2-naphtyl
    3,4-dimethyl-isoxazol-2-yl CH2 O or S 2-naphthyl
    4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 S quinolin-8-yl
    2,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 1-naphthyl
    pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 1-naphthyl
    6-methoxy-pyrimidin-4-yl CH2 1-naphthyl
    2-pyridyl CH2 1-naphthyl
    4-methyl-pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 O 2-naphthyl
    pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 O 2-naphthyl
    2,4-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 O 1,7-dibromo-naphth-2-yl
    2,4-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-2-yl CH2 1-naphthyl
    or 2,4-dimethyl-pyrimidin-2-yl
    thiazol-2-yl or 2,4-dimethyl- CH2 S isoquinolin-1-yl or 4-
    pyrimidin-4-yl methyl-quinazolin-2-yl;
  • k) the following compounds in Table B, wherein RN is hydrogen, are excluded:
  • TABLE B
    Ring Z X2, X1, and T, together
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00010
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00011
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00012
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00013
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00014
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00015
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00016
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00017
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00018
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00019
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00020
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00021
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00022
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00023
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00024
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00025
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00026
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00027
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00028
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00029
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00030
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00031
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00032
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00033
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00034
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00035
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00036
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00037
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00038
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00039
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00040
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00041
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00042
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00043
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00044
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00045
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00046
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00047
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00048
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00049
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00050
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00051
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00052
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00053
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00054
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00055
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00056
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00057
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00058
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00059
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00060
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00061
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00062
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00063
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00064
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00065
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00066
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00067
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00068
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00069
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00070
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00071
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00072
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00073
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00074
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00075
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00076
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00077
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00078
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00079
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00080
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00081
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00082
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00083
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00084
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00085
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00086
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00087
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00088
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00089
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00090
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00091
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00092
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00093
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00094
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00095
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00096
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00097
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00098
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00099
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00100
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00101
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00102
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00103
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00104
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00105
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00106
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00107
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00108
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00109
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00110
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00111
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00112
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00113
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00114
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00115
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00116
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00117
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00118
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00119
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00120
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00121
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00122
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00123
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00124
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00125
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00126
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00127
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00128
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00129
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00130
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00131
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00132
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00133
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00134
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00135
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00136
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00137
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00138
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00139
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00140
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00141
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00142
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00143
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00144
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00145
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00146
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00147
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00148
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00149
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00150
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00151
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00152
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00153
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00154
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00155
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00156
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00157
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00158
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00159
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00160
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00161
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00162
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00163
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00164
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00165
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00166
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00167
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00168
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00169
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00170
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00171
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00172
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00173

    wherein the asterisk in each structure fragment denotes the carbon atom attached to the remainder of the molecule; e.g., the fragment -*denotes an ethyl group, wherein the second atom of that ethyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
  • In one embodiment, T is attached to X1 or to X2 (when X1 is absent) through a carbon ring atom in T.
  • In one embodiment, Z is an optionally substituted ring selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00174
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00175
  • In certain embodiments of the compounds of the present invention, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00176
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00177
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00178
  • wherein Z has up to two substituents selected from R1, R2 or R5.
  • In other embodiments, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00179
  • Or, Z is formula i-a.
  • In other embodiments, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00180
  • In certain embodiments of the present invention, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00181
  • Or, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00182
  • Or, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00183
  • In certain embodiments, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00184
  • In certain embodiments, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00185
  • In certain embodiments, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00186
  • In other embodiments, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00187
  • In other embodiments, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00188
  • In certain embodiments, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00189
  • In certain embodiments, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00190
  • In other embodiments, Z is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00191
  • In certain embodiments, RN is hydrogen. Or, RN is unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, X2 is selected from —CH2—, —CH2—CH2—, —(CH2)3—, —C(Me)2—, —CH(Me)—, —C(Me)═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CH(Ph)—, —CH2—CH(Me)—, —CH(Et)-, —CH(i-Pr)—, or cyclopropylene.
  • In another embodiment, p is 1 and X1 is O.
  • In another embodiment, p is 1, and X1 is S.
  • In another embodiment, p is 1, and X1 is NRN. Preferably, RN is hydrogen.
  • In certain embodiments of the present invention, T is naphthyl, tetralinyl, decalinyl, or 6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-benzo[7]annulenyl, optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • Or, T is optionally substituted napthyl.
  • In another embodiment, T is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00192
  • wherein T is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • In another embodiment, T is a 5-membered ring having up to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, or NH, optionally fused to a phenyl ring, wherein said phenyl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with up to 4 substituents selected from R1 or R2. Preferred 5-membered rings in such embodiments of T include formula i through xxiii defined above for ring Z that are capable of being fused to a phenyl ring.
  • In other embodiments, T is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00193
  • wherein T is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, the phenylene ring attached to the sulfonyl group is optionally substituted with up two substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. Z is thiazol-2-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is absent or is C1-4 alkylene optionally substituted with phenyl;
      • d. X1 is absent or is O or S;
      • e. T is selected from quinolin-4-yl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzothiophen-3-yl, phenyl, tetralin-2-yl, tetralin-6-yl, phenyl, indol-2-yl, chroman-3-yl, quinolin-3-yl, benzo[1,3]oxathiol-2-one-6-yl, benzothiophen-2-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, furan-5-yl, quinolin-5-yl, benzothiazol-5-yl, or 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-2-yl, optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from trifluoromethyl, halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, piperidinylsulfonyl, C1-4 alkyl, phenyl optionally substituted with up to three halo, cyano, C1-4 alkyl, or C1-4 alkoxy.
      • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. Z is thiazol-2-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is absent or is C1-4 alkylene optionally substituted with phenyl;
      • d. X1 is absent or is O or S;
      • e. T is selected from 8-trifluoromethyl-quinolin-4-yl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzothiophen-3-yl, 3-fluoro-4-chloro-phenyl, 8-methoxy-tetralin-2-yl, tetralin-6-yl, 4-piperidinylsulfonylphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 5-fluoroindol-2-yl, 4,6-dichloroindol-2-yl, chroman-3-yl, 2-methyl-6-fluoro-quinolin-4-yl, 2,7-dimethyl-quinolin-3-yl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-fluoro-4-chloro-phenyl, benzo[1,3]oxathiol-2-one-6-yl, 5-chloro-benzothiophen-2-yl, 1-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, 2-(3′,5′-dichlorophenyloxy)-furan-5-yl, 5-fluoro-benzothiophen-2-yl, quinolin-5-yl, 2-methyl-quinolin-4-yl, 2-methyl-benzothiazol-5-yl, or 4-cyano-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-2-yl.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. Z is thiazol-2-yl or 1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is absent or C1-4 alkylene;
      • d. X1 is absent or O;
      • e. T is selected from phenyl, benzo[1,3]oxathiol-2-one-5-yl, benzothiophen-2-yl, benzofuran-2-yl, quinolin-4-yl, indolin-2-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-2-yl, indol-2-yl, norbornyl, furan-2-yl, 2-naphthyl, benzothiophen-3-yl, phenyl, quinolin-7-yl, tetralin-6-yl, benzothiophen-3-yl, tetralin-2-yl, chroman-3-yl, benzo[1,2,5]oxadiazol-5-yl, quinolin-5-yl, benzothiazol-5-yl, indol-5-yl, quinolin-3-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-3-yl, quinolin-2-yl, benzo-[1,3]-dioxolan-5-yl, or benzo-[1,3]dixolan-4-yl, wherein T is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 alkyl, acyl, N(C1-4alkyl)2, phenyloxy or phenyl optionally substituted with up to three halo, cyano, C1-4 alkyl, or C1-4 alkoxy.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. Z is thiazol-2-yl or 1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is absent or C1-4 alkylene;
      • d. X1 is absent or O;
      • e. T is selected from 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-chlorophenyl, 2-chloro-4-cyanophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, benzo[1,3]oxathiol-2-one-5-yl, 5-fluorobenzothiophen-2-yl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, benzofuran-2-yl, 8-trifluoromethyl-quinolin-4-yl, 2-chloro-4-cyanophenyl, 1-acyl-indolin-2-yl, 1-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, 2-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl, 2-methyl-4-fluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenyl, 3-cyano-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-2-yl, 2-chlorophenyl, 5-fluoro-indol-2-yl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 5-bromo-indol-2-yl, 4-chlorophenyl, 1-norbornyl, 2-methoxy-4-chlorophenyl, 5-(3′,5′-dichlorophenyloxy)-furan-2-yl, 2-naphthyl, benzothiophen-3-yl, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-methyl-4-chlorophenyl, quinolin-7-yl, 2-fluoro-6-chlorophenyl, 2-methyl-6-fluoro-quinolin-4-yl, 5-methoxy-benzofuran-2-yl, phenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 4,6-dichloroindol-2-yl, 2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 5-chlorobenzothiophen-2-yl, 2-methyl-quinolin-4-yl, tetralin-6-yl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, benzothiophen-3-yl, 8-methoxy-tetralin-2-yl, 2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl, chroman-3-yl, 3,4-dicyanophenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-cyanophenyl, benzo[1,2,5]oxadiazol-5-yl, 3-diethylaminophenyl, quinolin-5-yl, 2-methyl-benzothiazol-5-yl, 8-fluoro-quinolin-4-yl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 2-chloro-3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-aminocarbonyl-phenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-indol-5-yl, 3-cyanophenyl, 7-dimethyl-quinolin-3-yl, 1-acyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-3-yl, 4-methyl-quinolin-2-yl, benzo-[1,3]-dioxolan-5-yl, or 2,2-difluoro-benzo-[1,3]dixolan-4-yl.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. Z is thiazol-2-yl, oxazol-2-yl, 1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, wherein Z is optionally substituted with CF3, C1-4 alkyl, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with phenyl having 0-3 halo substituents. Preferably, Z is thiazol-2-yl, 5-benzyl-thiazol-2-yl, 5-(4′-chlorobenzyl)-oxazol-2-yl, 5-trifluoromethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-(2′-chlorobenzyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-cyclopropyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 3-ethyl-1,2,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, or 5-(2′,3′-dichlorobenzyl)-thiazol-2-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is C1-3 alkylene;
      • d. X1 is O or is absent; and
      • e. T is phenyl or 3-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-2-yl, wherein T has up to 2 substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl. Preferably, T is 2,4-dichlorophenyl or 3-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-2-yl.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. Z is selected from thiazol-2-yl, 1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, 2-pyrazol-3-yl, 1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 1,2,5-thiadiazol-4-yl, or 1,2,3,4-thiatriazol-5-yl, optionally substituted with up to two substituents selected from C1-4 alkyl, phenyl, or halo. Preferred Z includes 3-isopropyl-1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-1,2-pyrazol-3-yl, 5-phenyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 1,2,5-thiadiazol-4-yl, 5-ethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 2-methyl-1,2-pyrazol-3-yl, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazol-5-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is absent or is C1-3 alkylene;
      • d. X1 is absent or is 0; and
      • e. T is selected from quinolinyl, preferably, quinolin-7-yl, dihalo-substituted phenyl, preferably dichlorophenyl, or naphthyl, preferably, 1-naphthyl.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. Z is selected from thiazol-2-yl, 1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl, or 3-t-butyl-1,2-pyrazol-5-yl, optionally substituted with C1-4 alkyl, or benzyl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is absent or C1-4 alkylene or alkenylene;
      • d. X1 is absent or O;
      • e. T is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, 2,2,-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, norbornyl, indol-2-yl, benzothiophen-3-yl, benzo[1,3]oxathiol-2-one-5-yl, benzo[1,2,5]oxadiazol-5-yl, quinolinyl, or 1,2,3,4-tetralin-5-yl, optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, C(O)C1-4 alkyl, or 1-piperidyl.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. Z is selected from thiazol-2-yl, 5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, 4-methyl-pyrimidin-2-yl, 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl, or 1-benzyl-3-t-butyl-1,2-pyrazol-5-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is absent or is C1-4 straight or branched alkylene or alkenylene, optionally substituted with phenyl;
      • d. X1 is absent or is 0; and
  • e. T is selected from phenyl, 2,2,-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, norbornyl, indol-2-yl, benzothiophen-3-yl, benzo[1,3]oxathiol-2-one-5-yl, benzo[1,2,5]oxadiazol-5-yl, quinolinyl, or 1,2,3,4-tetralin-5-yl, optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. Z is selected from thiazol-2-yl, 5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, 4-methyl-pyrimidin-2-yl, or 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • C. X2 is absent; or X2 is C1-4 straight or branched alkyl;
      • d. X1 is absent; or X1 is O;
      • e. T is 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 3-diethylaminophenyl, 2-methyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-cyanophenyl, 2-ethoxyphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 1-naphthyl, 5-methoxybenzofuran-2-yl, 6-chlorobenzofuran-2-yl, 2-methyl-5,7-dichloro-quinolin-8-yl, 2-piperidinyl-phenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetralin-6-yl, 2-dimethyl-4,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 2-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl, 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-fluoro-6-chlorophenyl, 3,5,-dimethyl-4-chlorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 2-fluoro-3-methyl-6-chlorophenyl, isoquinolin-5-yl, 2,6-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-indol-2-yl, 2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 1-methyl-5-chloro-indol-2-yl, 2,3-difluorophenyl, 8-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 7-trifluoromethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, or 2-chloro-3,5-difluorophenyl.
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compounds of formula IIA-i, formula IIB-i, formula IIC-i, and formula IID-i:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00194
  • wherein T is X2, X1, and T are as defined above.
  • According to another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula III:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00195
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
  • ZN is a 5-7 membered monocyclic, unsaturated or aromatic, heterocyclic ring, having up to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, NH, S, SO, or SO2;
  • each RN is independently hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with up to two substituents selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • X2 is C1-3 aliphatic, optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • TN is a 3-14 membered monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic ring system having up to 5 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, NH, S, SO, or SO2;
  • wherein ZN and TN each is independently and optionally substituted with up to 4 substituents independently selected from R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5;
  • wherein the phenylene ring attached to the sulfonyl is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from R1 and R2;
  • R1 is oxo, ═NN(R6)2, ═NN(R7)2, ═NN(R6R7), R6 or (CH2)n—Y;
  • n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO2, CF3, OCF3, OH, SR6, S(O)R6, SO2R6, NH2, NHR6, N(R6)2, NR6R8, COOH, COOR6 or OR6; or
  • two R1 on adjacent ring atoms, taken together, form 1,2-methylenedioxy or 1,2-ethylenedioxy;
  • R2 is aliphatic, wherein each R2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • R3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R1, R2, R4 or R5;
  • R4 is ORS, OR6, OC(O)R6, OC(O)R5, OC(O)OR6, OC(O)OR5, OC(O)N(R6)2, OC(O)N(R5)2, OC(O)N(R6R5), OP(O) (OR6)2, OP(O)(OR5)2, OP(O)(OR6)(OR5), SR6, SRS, S(O)R6, S(O)R5, SO2R6, SO2R5, SO2N(R6)2, SO2N(R5)2, SO2NR5R6, SO3R6, SO3R5, C(O)R5, C(O)OR5, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)N(R6)2, C(O)N(R5)2, C(O)N(R5R6), C(O)N(OR6)R6, C(O)N(OR5)R6, C(O)N(OR6)R5, C(O)N(OR5)R5, C(NOR6)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R5, N(R6)2, N(R5)2, N(R5R6), NR5C(O)R5, NR6C(O)R6, NR6C(O)R5, NR6C(O)OR6, NR5C(O)OR6, NR6C(O)OR5, NR5C(O)OR5, NR6C(O)N(R6)2, NR6C(O)NR5R6, NR6C(O)N(R5)2, NR5C(O)N(R6)2, NR5C(O)NR5R6, NR5C(O)N(R5)2, NR6SO2R6, NR6SO2R5, NR5SO2R5, NR6SO2N(R6)2, NR6SO2NR5R6, NR6SO2N(R5)2, NR5SO2NR5R6, NR5SO2N(R5)2, N(OR6)R6, N(OR6)R5, N(OR5)R5, N(OR5)R6, P(O)(OR6)N(R6)2, P(O)(OR6)N(R5R6), P(O)(OR6)N(R5)2, P(O)(OR5)N(R5R6), P(O)(OR5)N(R6)2, P(O)(OR5)N(R5)2, P(O)(OR6)2, P(O)(OR5)2, or P(O)(OR6)(OR5);
  • R5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring optionally is optionally substituted with up to 3 R1 substituents;
  • R6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R6 is optionally substituted with a R7 substituent;
  • R7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH2)n—Z′;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO2, C(halo)3, CH(halo)2, CH2(halo), —OC(halo)3, —OCH(halo)2, —OCH2(halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO2-aliphatic, NH2, NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic)2, N(aliphatic)R8, COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R8 is an amino protecting group.
  • In certain embodiments of formula III, the following compounds are excluded:
  • a) when both RN are hydrogen, then TN is not:
  • (i) 1,3-dione-isoindol-2-yl, 1,3-dione-isoindol-2-yl substituted with up to 4 halo substituents;
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00196
  • wherein Rm is methyl or phenyl optionally substitued with up to 4 halo;
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00197
  • wherein W is O or S, and Ro is phenyl or substituted phenyl,
  • (iv) 4-methyl-1,4-dihydro-quinoxalin-1-yl,
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00198
  • (b) when both RN are hydrogen, then the following compounds in Table C are excluded:
  • TABLE C
    ZN X2, together with TN
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00199
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00200
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00201
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00202
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00203
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00204
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00205
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00206
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00207
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00208
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00209
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00210
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00211
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00212
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00213
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00214
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00215
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00216
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00217
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00218
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00219
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00220
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00221
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00222
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00223
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00224
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00225
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00226
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00227
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00228
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00229
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00230
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00231
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00232
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00233
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00234
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00235
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00236
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00237
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00238
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00239
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00240
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00241
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00242
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00243
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00244
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00245
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00246
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00247
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00248
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00249
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00250
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00251
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00252
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00253
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00254
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00255
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00256
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00257
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00258
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00259
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00260
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00261
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00262
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00263
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00264
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00265
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00266
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00267
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00268
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00269
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00270
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00271
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00272
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00273
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00274
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00275
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00276
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00277
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00278
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00279
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00280
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00281
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00282
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00283
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00284
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00285
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00286
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00287
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00288
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00289
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00290
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00291
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00292
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00293
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00294

    wherein the asterisk
    denotes the point of
    attachment of a carbon
    atom to the rest of the
    molecule.
  • In certain embodiments, ZN is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00295
  • In other embodiments, ZN is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00296
  • Preferably, ZN is formula i-a.
  • In certain embodiments, ZN is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00297
  • In certain other embodiments, ZN is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00298
  • In yet other embodiments, ZN is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00299
  • Or, ZN is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00300
  • In certain embodiments, ZN is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00301
  • In other embodiments, ZN is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00302
  • In one embodiment, ZN is as defined above for Z.
  • In certain embodiments, RN is hydrogen. Or, RN is unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl.
  • In some embodiments, X2 is selected from —CH2—, —CH2—CH2—, —(CH2)3—, —CH(Me)—, —C(Me)═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CH(Ph)—, —CH2—CH(Me)—, —CH(Et)-, —CH(i-Pr)—, or cyclopropylene.
  • Preferably, X2 is selected from —CH2—, —CH(Me)—, —CH2—CH2—, or —(CH2)3—. Or, X2 is —CH2—.
  • In certain embodiments, TN is an optionally substituted, saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 5-6 membered monocyclic ring. Preferably TN is a 5-membered ring with up to 3 heteroatoms, preferably two heteroatoms. Or, TN is a 6-membered ring with up to 2 heteroatoms, preferably 1 heteroatom. In certain preferred embodiments, TN has a second heteroatom selected from O, S, N, or NH.
  • In other embodiments, TN is an optionally substituted, saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 8-12 membered bicyclic ring.
  • In other embodiments, TN is selected from 1-pyrrolyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl, 1-pyrazolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrid-1-yl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrid-1-yl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 1-morpholinyl, 1-azepinyl, 1-azepanyl, 1-indolyl, 1-indolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents. Preferably, TN is fused to a phenyl ring, wherein said phenyl ring is optionally substituted with up to three substituents.
  • According to another embodiment, TN is an optionally substituted ring selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00303
  • According to one embodiment, TN is formula i or ii above, optionally substituted as provided above. Or, TN is formula v or vi above, optionally substituted as provided above. Or, TN is formula vii, optionally substituted as provided above.
  • According to another embodiment, TN is an optionally substituted ring selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00304
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00305
  • According to another embodiment, TN is any of the above rings viii to xxiii, optionally fused to an optionally substituted phenyl ring.
  • According to another embodiment, TN is any of the above rings viii to xxiii, optionally fused to an optionally substituted 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having up to 3 nitrogen atoms. Preferred such 6-membered rings include pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, or pyridazinyl.
  • According to another embodiment, TN is an optionally substituted ring selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00306
  • According to another embodiment, TN is any of the above rings xxiii to xxx, optionally fused to an optionally substituted phenyl ring.
  • According to another embodiment, TN is any of the above rings xxiii to xxx, optionally fused to an optionally substituted 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having up to 3 nitrogen atoms. Preferred such 6-membered rings include pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, or pyridazinyl.
  • Preferred substituents on TN are independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, the phenylene ring attached to the sulfonyl group is optionally substituted with up two substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. ZN is thiazol-2-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is C1-4 alkylene, preferably, —CH2— or —CH2—CH2—; and
      • d. TN is selected from indol-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, indolin-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, or 5-benzylidene-thiazolidin-2,4-dione-3-yl, optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, or cyano.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. ZN is thiazol-2-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is C1-4 alkylene, preferably, —CH2— or —CH2—CH2—; and
      • d. TN is selected from 4-fluoro-indol-1-yl, 6-chloro-indol-1-yl, 6-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 5-ethyl-indol-1-yl, 4-fluoro-indol-1-yl, indol-1-yl, 5-methyl-indol-1-yl, 5-fluoro-indolin-1-yl, 7-chloro-indol-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, 6,7-dimethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, 2-methyl-indolin-1-yl, 5-chloro-indolin-1-yl, 6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 5,6-dimethoxy-indol-1-yl, 1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, 6-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 5-fluoro-6-chloro-indol-1-yl, 4-methyl-indol-1-yl, 4-chloro-6-methoxy-indol-1-yl, 2-methyl-indol-1-yl, 2,3-dimethyl-indol-1-yl, or 5-(4′-fluoro-benzylidene)-3-methyl-thiazolidin-2,4-dione-3-yl.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds wherein:
      • a. ZN is thiazol-2-yl;
      • b. RN is hydrogen;
      • c. X2 is C1-3 alkylene, preferably —CH2—;
      • d. TN is selected from indol-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, 5-methyl-indol-1-yl, 6-chloroindolin-1-yl, 6-chloro-indol-1-yl, 6-fluoro-indol-1-yl, 6-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 4-fluoro-indol-1-yl, 5-fluoro-indol-1-yl, 4,4-difluoropiperidinyl, 5-cyano-indol-1-yl, 5-ethyl-indol-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 6-trifluoromethyl-indol-1-yl, 5,6-dimethoxy-indol-1-yl, 6-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 5-chloroindolin-1-yl, 1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, 3-cyano-indol-1-yl, 3-methyl-indol-1-yl, 2-methyl-6-fluoro-quinolin-4-yl, 5-methoxy-benzofuran-2-yl, 4-methyl-indol-1-yl, 5,6-dichloro-indol-1-yl, 6-methylindol-1-yl, 4,6-dichloroindol-1-yl, 4-methoxy-indol-1-yl, 5-methoxy-indol-1-yl, 7-fluoro-indol-1-yl, 5-fluoro-indolin-1-yl, 5-(4′-fluoro-benzylidene)-1,3-thiolan-2,4-dione-3-yl, 2,3-dimethyl-indol-1-yl, 7-trifluoromethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 6-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 7-ethyl-indol-1-yl, or 2,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl.
  • According to another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula IV:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00307
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
  • wherein:
  • ZM is a 5-7 membered monocyclic, unsaturated or aromatic, heterocyclic ring, having up to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, NH, S, SO, or SO2;
  • each RN is independently hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with up to two substituents selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • X1 is O, S, or NRN;
  • X2 is C1-3 aliphatic, optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • TM is a 8-14 membered aromatic or non-aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring, having 0-5 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, NH, S(O) or SO2;
  • wherein the phenylene ring attached to the sulfonyl is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from R1 and R2;
  • wherein ZM and TM each is independently and optionally substituted with up to 4 substituents independently selected from R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5;
  • R1 is oxo, ═NN(R6)2, ═NN(R7)2, ═NN(R6R7), R6 or (CH2)n—Y;
  • n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO2, CF3, OCF3, OH, SR6, S(O)R6, SO2R6, NH2, NHR6, N(R6)2, NR6R8, COOH, COOR6 or OR6; or
  • two R1 on adjacent ring atoms, taken together, form 1,2-methylenedioxy or 1,2-ethylenedioxy;
  • R2 is aliphatic, wherein each R2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • R3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R1, R2, R4 or R5;
  • R4 is ORS, OR6, OC(O)R6, OC(O)R5, OC(O)OR6, OC(O)OR5, OC(O)N(R6)2, OC(O)N(R5)2, OC(O)N(R6R5), OP(O) (OR6)2, OP(O)(OR5)2, OP(O)(OR6)(OR5), SR6, SRS, S(O)R6, S(O)R5, SO2R6, SO2R5, SO2N(R6)2, SO2N(R5)2, SO2NR5R6, SO3R6, SO3R5, C(O)R5, C(O)OR5, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)N(R6)2, C(O)N(R5)2, C(O)N(R5R6), C(O)N(OR6)R6, C(O)N(OR5)R6, C(O)N(OR6)R5, C(O)N(OR5)R5, C(NOR6)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R5, N(R6)2, N(R5)2, N(R5R6), NR5C(O)R5, NR6C(O)R6, NR6C(O)R5, NR6C(O)OR6, NR5C(O)OR6, NR6C(O)OR5, NR5C(O)OR5, NR6C(O)N(R6)2, NR6C(O)NR5R6, NR6C(O)N(R5)2, NR5C(O)N(R6)2, NR5C(O)NR5R6, NR5C(O)N(R5)2, NR6SO2R6, NR6SO2R5, NR5SO2R5, NR6SO2N(R6)2, NR6SO2NR5R6, NR6SO2N(R5)2, NR5SO2NR5R6, NR5SO2N(R5)2, N(OR6)R6, N(OR6)R5, N(OR5)R5, N(OR5)R6, P(O) (OR6)N(R6)2, P(O)(OR6)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR6)N(R5)2, P(O)(OR5)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR5)N(R6)2, P(O)(OR5)N(R5)2, P(O)(OR6)2, P(O)(OR5)2, or P(O)(OR6)(OR5);
  • R5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 R1 substituents;
  • R6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R6 is optionally substituted with a R7 substituent;
  • R7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH2)n—Z′;
  • Z′ is selected from halo, CN, NO2, C(halo)3, CH(halo)2, CH2(halo), —OC(halo)3, —OCH(halo)2, —OCH2(halo), OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO2-aliphatic, NH2, NH-aliphatic, N(aliphatic)2, N(aliphatic)R8, COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic), or O-aliphatic; and
  • R8 is an amino protecting group.
  • In one embodiment of formula IV, the following compounds are excluded:
  • (a) when Z is optionally substituted pyrimidinyl or thiazolyl, both R6 are hydrogen, and X1 is NH, then T is not optionally substituted adamantyl;
  • (b) when Z is optionally substituted pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, isoxazolyl, or thiazolyl, both R6 are hydrogen, and X1 is NH, then T is not
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00308
  • optionally substituted with up to two halo atoms;
  • (c) when both R6 are hydrogen, and X1 is NH, then T is not 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, or 7-hydroxynaphth-1-yl;
  • (d) when Z is pyrimidinyl, 5-methylisoxazolyl, or pyridyl, both R6 are hydrogen, and X1 is NH, then T is not subtituted purinyl; and
  • (e) when Z is thiazol-2-yl, both R6 are hydrogen, and X1 is NH, then T is not substituted 3H-isobenzofuran-1-one-7-yl.
  • In one embodiment, X1 is O. Or, X1 is S. Or X1 is NRN.
  • In one embodiment, each RN is independently hydrogen. Or, each RN is independently C1-4 alkyl.
  • In certain embodiments, ZM is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00309
  • In other embodiments, ZM is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00310
  • Preferably, ZM is formula i-a.
  • In other embodiments, ZM is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00311
  • In yet other embodiments, ZM is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00312
  • Or, ZM is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00313
  • In certain embodiments, ZM is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00314
  • In certain other embodiments, ZM is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00315
  • Or, ZM is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00316
  • In one embodiments, ZM is as defined above for Z.
  • In certain embodiments, RN is hydrogen. Or, RN is unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl.
  • In another embodiment, ZM is an optionally substituted 5-6 membered monocyclic ring.
  • In one embodiment, X1 is NH. Or, X1 is O.
  • In certain embodiments, TM is phenyl or naphthyl, optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • In other embodiments, TM is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00317
  • wherein TM is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • Or, TM is selected from:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00318
  • wherein TM is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • Or, TM is a tricyclic ring selected from: dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, or phenoxazinyl, fluorenyl, anthracenyl, or phenoxazinyl.
  • In certain embodiments, the substituents are independently selected from oxo, halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment of formula (IIA-i):
      • a. X2 is —CH2—, —CH2—CH2— or —CH2CH2CH2—;
      • b. X1 is O or S; and
      • c. T is selected from 8-trifluoromethylquinolin-4-yl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 1-naphthyl, 4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl, 6-fluoro-2-methyl-quinolin-4-yl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenyl, 2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylpehnyl, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl, benzo[1,3]oxathiol-2-one-6-yl, 1-phenyl-tetrazol-5-yl, benzo[1,2,5]oxadiazol-5-yl, 3-cyano-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-2-yl, quinolin-2-yl, isoquinolin-5-yl, quinolin-7-yl, or 3,5-dimethyl-4-cyanophenyl.
  • In one embodiment of formula (IIB-i):
      • a. X2 is —CH2—, —CH2—CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, or —CH═CH—;
      • b. T is selected from benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, 5-chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl, 5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-1H-indol-1-yl, 5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-1H-indol-1-yl, 8-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphth-2-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, 6,7-dimethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indol-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, 2-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-indol-1-yl, 6-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl, or 3-(t-butylamino carbonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro isoquinolin-2-yl.
  • In one embodiment of formula (IIC-i), T is selected from 4,6-dichloroindol-2-yl, benzofuran-2-yl, 1-naphthyl, 2-methyl-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl, 5-fluoro-indol-2-yl, 5-chlorothiophen-2-yl, benzopyran-3-yl, 3-bromo-4-methylphenyl, 2-(furan-2-yl)-quinolin-4-yl, N-methyl-5-trifluoromethoxy-indol-2-yl, benzothiophen-3-yl, 5-fluoro-benzothiophen-2-yl, 2-methyl-quinolin-4-yl, 6-chloro-indol-2-yl, 6-bromo-indol-2-yl, 2-phenyl-5-methyl-1,2-oxazol-3-yl, N,6-dimethyl-indol-2-yl, or 5-3,5,dichlorophenoxy-furan-2-yl.
  • In one embodiment of formula (IIA-i):
      • a. X2 is CH2, —CH2CH2, or CH2CH2CH2;
      • b. X1 is O, S, or NH; and
      • c. T is phenyl optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, X1 is O. Or, X1 is S. Or, X1 is NH.
  • In one embodiment of formula (IIIA-i):
  • a. X2 is CH2, CH2CH2, or CH2CH2CH2;
  • b. X1 is O, S, or NH; and
  • c. T is quinolin-4-yl, quinolin-5-yl, quinolin-6-yl, quinolin-7-yl, quinolin-8-yl, isoquinolin-1-yl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 5a,6,7,8,9,9a-hexahydro-dibenzofuran-2-yl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-6-yl, benzothiazol-5-yl, indan-1-one-4-yl, benzo[1,2,5]oxadiazol-4-yl, indol-4-yl, 4-methyl-chromen-2-one-7-yl, indol-5-yl, benzo-[1,2,3]-triazin-4-yl, or benzimidazol-2-yl, wherein T is optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from halo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C(O)NH2, NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, NHC(O)C1-4 alkyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl, or C(O)C1-4 alkyl.
  • In another embodiment of formula (IIIA-i):
      • a. X2 is CH2, CH2CH2, or CH2CH2CH2;
      • b. X1 is O, S, or NH; and
      • c. T is quinolin-5-yl, 2-naphthyl, 5a,6,7,8,9,9a-hexahydro-dibenzofuran-2-yl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-6-yl, 8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl, 2-methyl-benzothiazol-5-yl, 7-trifluoromethyl-quinolin-4-yl, indan-1-one-4-yl, benzo[1,2,5]oxadiazol-4-yl, isoquinolin-1-yl, indol-4-yl, 5,7-dichloro-2-methylquinolin-8-yl, 7-chloro-quinolin-4-yl, 4-methyl-chromen-2-one-7-yl, quinolin-8-yl, 5-chloro-quinolin-8-yl, indol-5-yl, quinolin-6-yl, benzo-[1,2,3]-triazin-4-yl, 7-fluoro-quinolin-4-yl, benzimidazol-2-yl, or
    • 2-methyl-quinolin-8-yl.
  • According to an alternate embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having formula (V):

  • T1-L11-A-L22-Z;
  • wherein:
  • T1 is a 8-14 membered aromatic or non-aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring, having 0-5 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, NH, S(O) or SO2;
  • L11 is —(X1)p—(CHR1)r—(X2)—Ry;
  • wherein:
      • p is 0 or 1;
      • r is 0 or 1;
      • X1 is O, S, or NRx, wherein Rx is H or R2;
      • X2 is R2;
      • Ry is —C(O)—NR2—;
  • L22 is OC(O), C(O)O, S(O), SO2, N(R5)SO2, N(R6)SO2, SO2N(R5), SO2N(R6), C(O)N(R5), C(O)N(R6), NR5C(O), NR6C(O), C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR6)R6, N(R5), N(R6), NR5C(O)O, NR6C(O)O, OC(O)NR5, OC(O)NR6, NR5C(O)N(R5), NR5C(O)N(R6), NR6C(O)N(R5), NR6C(O)N(R6), NR5SO2N(R5), NR5SO2N(R6), NR6SO2N(R5), NR6SO2N(R6), N(OR5), or N(OR6);
  • A is a 5-7 membered monocyclic aromatic ring, having 0-4 heteroatoms;
  • Z is 2-thiazolyl;
  • wherein each of T1, A, and Z is optionally substituted with up to 4 suitable substituents independently selected from R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5;
  • R1 is oxo, ═NN(R6)2, ═NN(R7)2, ═NN(R6R7), R6 or (CH2)n—Y;
  • n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • Y is halo, CN, NO2, CF3, OCF3, OH, SR6, S(O)R6, SO2R6, NH2, NHR6, N(R6)2, NR6R8, COOH, COOR6 or OR6; or
  • two R1 on adjacent ring atoms, taken together, form 1,2-methylenedioxy or 1,2-ethylenedioxy;
  • R2 is aliphatic, wherein each R2 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R1, R4, or R5;
  • R3 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents, independently selected from R1, R2, R4 or R5;
  • R4 is OR5, OR6, OC(O)R6, OC(O)R5, OC(O)OR6, OC(O)OR5, OC(O)N(R6)2, OC(O)N(R5)2, OC(O)N(R6R5), OP(O) (OR6)2, OP(O)(OR5)2, OP(O)(OR6)(OR5), SR6, SR5, S(O)R6, S(O)R5, SO2R6, SO2R5, SO2N(R6)2, SO2N(R5)2, SO2NR5R6, SO3R6, SO3R5, C(O)R5, C(O)OR5, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)N(R6)2, C(O)N(R5)2, C(O)N(R5R6), C(O)N(OR6)R6, C(O)N(OR5)R6, C(O)N(OR6)R5, C(O)N(OR5)R5, C(NOR6)R6, C(NOR6)R5, C(NOR5)R6, C(NOR5)R5, N(R6)2, N(R5)2, N(R5R6), NR5C(O)R5, NR6C(O)R6, NR6C(O)R5, NR6C(O)OR6, NR5C(O)OR6, NR6C(O)OR5, NR5C(O)OR5, NR6C(O)N(R6)2, NR6C(O)NR5R6, NR6C(O)N(R5)2, NR5C(O)N(R6)2, NR5C(O)NR5R6, NR5C(O)N(R5)2, NR6SO2O, NR6SO2R5, NR5SO2R5, NR6SO2N(R6)2, NR6SO2NR5R6, NR6SO2N(R5)2, NR5SO2NR5R6, NR5SO2N(R5)2, N(OR6)R6, N(OR6)R5, N(OR5)R5, N(OR5)R6, P(O) (OR6)N(R6)2, P(O) (OR6)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR6)N(R5)2, P(O) (OR5)N(R5R6), P(O) (OR5)N(R6)2, P(O)(OR5)N(R5)2, P(O)(OR6)2, P(O)(OR5)2, or P(O)(OR6)(OR5);
  • R5 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with up to 3 R1 substituents;
  • R6 is H or aliphatic, wherein R6 is optionally substituted with a R7 substituent;
  • R7 is a cycloaliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring and each R7 is optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently chosen from H, aliphatic, or (CH2)n—Z;
  • Z is selected from halo, CN, NO2, CF3, OCF3, OH, S-aliphatic, S(O)-aliphatic, SO2-aliphatic, NH2, N-aliphatic, N(aliphatic)2, N(aliphatic)R8, COOH, C(O)O(-aliphatic, or O-aliphatic; and
  • R8 is an amino protecting group.
  • In one embodiment of formula V:
  • (i) when:
  • L22 is SO2, N(R5)SO2, N(R6)SO2, SO2N(R5), SO2N(R6), C(O)N(R5), C(O)N(R6), NR5C(O), or NR6C(O);
  • A is optionally substituted 5-6 membered monocyclic aromatic ring with 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, or O;
  • X2 is optionally substituted methylene or ethylene;
  • T1 is an optionally substituted fused aromatic bicyclic ring system containing 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S;
  • then:
  • r is 1;
  • (ii) when:
  • L22 is SO2, N(R5)SO2, N(R6)SO2, SO2N(R5), SO2N(R6), C(O)N(R5), C(O)N(R6), NR5C(O), or NR6C(O);
  • A is optionally substituted 5-6 membered monocyclic aromatic ring with 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, or O;
  • p is 1;
  • X2 is optionally substituted methylene, ethylene, or propylene;
  • T1 is an optionally substituted fused aromatic bicyclic ring system containing 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S;
  • then:
  • X1 is not O or S;
  • (iii) when:
  • L11 is —O—CH2—C(O)—NH—;
  • A is phenylene;
  • L22 is —S(O)2—NH—;
  • then:
  • T1 is not any of the following:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00319
  • (iv) when:
  • L11 is —S—CH2—C(O)—NH—;
  • A is phenylene;
  • L22 is —S(O)2—NH—;
  • then:
  • T1 is not any of the following:
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00320
  • wherein B is hydrogen, methyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, allyl, benzyl, or phenylethyl.
  • Preferred embodiments of L11, L22, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 in formula (V) are as described above for formula (I).
  • According to a preferred embodiment, Ry is —C(O)—NR2—.
  • According to a preferred embodiment, T1 is a 8-14 membered aromatic or non-aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring, having 0 heteroatoms. More preferably, T1 is naphthyl. Or, T1 is anthracenyl. According to an alternate more preferred embodiment, T1 is tetralinyl or decalinyl.
  • According to a preferred embodiment, T1 is a 8-14 membered aromatic or non-aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring, having up to 5 heteroatoms, preferably 1 or 2 heteroatoms. More preferably, T1 is a 8-14 membered aromatic bicyclic ring, having up to 5 heteroatoms. Or, T1 is a 8-14 membered non-aromatic bicyclic ring, having up to 5 heteroatoms. Exemplary bicyclic rings include quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, purinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazine, quinazolinyl, quinaoxalinyl, naphthylirinyl, or pteridinyl.
  • According to another preferred embodiment, T1 is a 8-14 membered non-aromatic tricyclic ring, having up to 5 heteroatoms. Or, T1 is a 8-14 membered aromatic tricyclic ring, having up to 5 heteroatoms. Exemplary tricyclic rings include dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxainyl, or carbazolyl.
  • According to a preferred embodiment of formula (II), A is phenyl.
  • According to another preferred embodiment of formula (II), A is a 5-6 membered monocyclic aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms. More preferably, A is 5-6 membered monocyclic aromatic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms. Exemplary rings include thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiaphenyl, furanyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, or pyrrolyl.
  • FIG. 1 recites exemplary compounds of the present invention.
  • The compounds of the present invention may be readily prepared by methods well known in the art. An exemplary method for synthesizing certain compounds of formula (I) is illustrated below in the schemes.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00321
  • In Scheme 1 above, the synthesis of compounds of formula (I), wherein Ry is an amide (—C(O)—NH—) is illustrated. Compound of formula (AA) is coupled with an amine of formula (BB), wherein T1, X1, X2, p, q, A, L2, and Z have the meaning as defined in formula (I). LG is any suitable leaving group. Suitable leaving groups useful in the method of Scheme 1 are well known in the art. See, e.g., “March's Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 5th Ed., Ed.: Smith, M. B. and March, J., John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2001.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00322
  • Reaction of i and ii (step a) in pyridine and DCM at room temperature (rt) yields IA.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00323
  • The coupling of i and ii (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH3CN at rt yields IA.
  • In the schemes below, R6 is as defined for RN.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00324
  • The coupling of i with anilines (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or isobutyl chlorocarbonate and TEA in DCM yields ii. Reaction of intermediate ii with ClSO3H (step b) under refluxing conditions gives iv. Reaction of ii ClSO3H at 0° C. (step c) gives intermediate iii. Coupling of intermediate i with aminosulfonic acids (step d) using HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH3CN at rt yields iii. Reaction of intermediate iii with SO2Cl (step e) yields iv. Alternatively, reaction of intermediate iii with cyanuric chloride and TEA in acetone under microwave conditions at 120° C. (step e) provides iv. Reaction of iv with various amines (step f) in pyridine at room temperature yields IA.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00325
  • The reaction of intermediate i with amines (step a) in pyridine at rt yields ii. Reaction of intermediate ii with tin in 10% HCl (step b) under refluxing conditions gives iii. Reaction of iv with amines (step c) in pyridine, followed by treatment with 10% NaOH provides iii.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00326
  • Reaction of i and ii (step a) in pyridine and DCM at rt yields iv. The coupling of i and iii (step b) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH3CN at rt yields iv. The reaction of iv and v (step c) under alkylation conditions provides IIA. These alkylation conditions include NaH and K2CO3 as bases, DMF, DMSO, and THF as solvents, under rt, microwave, and reflux conditions.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00327
  • The reaction of i and ii (step a) under alkylation conditions provides intermediate iii. These alkylation conditions include NaH and K2CO3 as bases, and NaI can be added. Solvents include DMF, DMSO, and THF, and reaction conditions include rt, microwave, and refluxing conditions. The reaction of i and ii (step c) in H2O and NaOH provides intermediate iv. The reaction of intermediate iii (step b) using 2N NaOH, or H2O in DMA under microwave conditions yields iv. Treatment of iv with oxalyl chloride or thionyl chloride provides v.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00328
  • The coupling of i and ii (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH3CN at rt yields IIB. Reaction of i and iii (step a) in pyridine and DCM at rt yields IIB.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00329
  • The coupling of i with anilines (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or isobutyl chlorocarbonate and TEA in DCM yields ii. Reaction of intermediate ii with ClSO3H (step b) under refluxing conditions gives iv. Reaction of ii ClSO3H at 0° C. (step c) gives intermediate iii. Coupling of intermediate i with aminosulfonic acids (step d) using HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH3CN at rt yields iii. Reaction of intermediate iii with SO2Cl (step e) yields iv. Alternatively, reaction of intermediate iii with cyanuric chloride and TEA in acetone under microwave conditions at 120° C. (step e) provides iv. Reaction of iv with various amines (step f) in pyridine at room temperature yields IIB.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00330
  • The coupling of i and ii (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH3CN at rt yields IIC. Reaction of i and iii (step a) in pyridine and DCM at rt yields IIC.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00331
  • The coupling of i with anilines (step a) using CDI and DMA under refluxing conditions, or HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or isobutyl chlorocarbonate and TEA in DCM yields ii. Reaction of intermediate ii with ClSO3H (step b) under refluxing conditions gives iv. Reaction of ii ClSO3H at 0° C. (step c) gives intermediate iii. Coupling of intermediate i with aminosulfonic acids (step d) using HATU and TEA in pyridine under microwave conditions at 200° C., or BOP and TEA in CH3CN at rt yields iii. Reaction of intermediate iii with SO2Cl (step e) yields iv. Alternatively, reaction of intermediate iii with cyanuric chloride and TEA in acetone under microwave conditions at 120° C. (step e) provides iv. Reaction of iv with various amines (step f) in pyridine at room temperature yields IIB.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00332
  • The reaction of intermediate i with 20% diphosgene and TEA (step a) in PhCH3 with heating provides ii. The treatment of ii with iii (step b) yields IID.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00333
  • The reaction of intermediate i with ii in TEA/CH3CN (step a) provides compounds IID.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00334
  • The reactions of intermediate i and ii (step a) in THF at rt provides intermediate iii. The treatment of intermediate iii with various amines (step b) in yridines at rt provides IID.
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00335
  • The reaction of i and ii (step a) under alkylation conditions provides III. These alkylation conditions include NaH and K2CO3 as bases, and NaI can be added. Solvents include DMF, DMSO, and THF, and reaction conditions include rt, microwave, and refluxing conditions.
  • One of skill in the art will appreciate that in addition to the above schemes, analogous methods known in the art may be readily used to synthesize other compounds of the present invention.
  • As discussed above, the present invention provides compounds that are inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium ion channels, and thus the present compounds are useful for the treatment of diseases, disorders, and conditions including, but not limited to acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis, migraine, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, and incontinence. Accordingly, in another aspect of the present invention, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions are provided, wherein these compositions comprise any of the compounds as described herein, and optionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or vehicle. In certain embodiments, these compositions optionally further comprise one or more additional therapeutic agents.
  • It will also be appreciated that certain of the compounds of present invention can exist in free form for treatment, or where appropriate, as a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof. According to the present invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative includes, but is not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, salts of such esters, or any other adduct or derivative which upon administration to a patient in need is capable of providing, directly or indirectly, a compound as otherwise described herein, or a metabolite or residue thereof.
  • As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgement, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. A “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” means any non-toxic salt or salt of an ester of a compound of this invention that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or an inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof. As used herein, the term “inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof” means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of a voltage-gated sodium ion channel.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge, et al. describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, incorporated herein by reference. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N+(C1-4alkyl)4 salts. This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oil-soluble or dispersable products may be obtained by such quaternization. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
  • As described above, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of the present invention additionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle, which, as used herein, includes any and all solvents, diluents, or other liquid vehicle, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired. Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Sixteenth Edition, E. W. Martin (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1980) discloses various carriers used in formulating pharmaceutically acceptable compositions and known techniques for the preparation thereof. Except insofar as any conventional carrier medium is incompatible with the compounds of the invention, such as by producing any undesirable biological effect or otherwise interacting in a deleterious manner with any other component(s) of the pharmaceutically acceptable composition, its use is contemplated to be within the scope of this invention. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, or potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, wool fat, sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil; safflower oil; sesame oil; olive oil; corn oil and soybean oil; glycols; such a propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol; esters such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, as well as other non-toxic compatible lubricants such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releasing agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the composition, according to the judgment of the formulator.
  • In yet another aspect, a method for the treatment or lessening the severity of acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis, migraine, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, or incontinence is provided comprising administering an effective amount of a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition comprising a compound to a subject in need thereof. In certain preferred embodiments, a method for the treatment or lessening the severity of acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain is provided comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition to a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments of the present invention an “effective amount” of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable composition is that amount effective for treating or lessening the severity of one or more of acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, or incontinence.
  • The compounds and compositions, according to the method of the present invention, may be administered using any amount and any route of administration effective for treating or lessening the severity of one or more of acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia, arrythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, or incontinence. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like. The compounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. The expression “dosage unit form” as used herein refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts. The term “patient”, as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
  • The pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, as an oral or nasal spray, or the like, depending on the severity of the infection being treated. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the invention may be administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg and preferably from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
  • The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • In order to prolong the effect of a compound of the present invention, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the compound from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the compound then depends upon its rate of dissolution that, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered compound form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the compound in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the compound in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
  • Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar—agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
  • The active compounds can also be in microencapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic formulation, eardrops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention. Additionally, the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms are prepared by dissolving or dispensing the compound in a proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
  • As described generally above, the compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium ion channels or calcium channels, preferably N-type calcium channels. In one embodiment, the compounds and compositions of the invention are inhibitors of one or more of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2, and thus, without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, the compounds and compositions are particularly useful for treating or lessening the severity of a disease, condition, or disorder where activation or hyperactivity of one or more of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 is implicated in the disease, condition, or disorder. When activation or hyperactivity of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2, is implicated in a particular disease, condition, or disorder, the disease, condition, or disorder may also be referred to as a “NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8 or NaV1.9-mediated disease, condition or disorder” or a “CaV2.2-mediated condition or disorder”. Accordingly, in another aspect, the present invention provides a method for treating or lessening the severity of a disease, condition, or disorder where activation or hyperactivity of one or more of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 is implicated in the disease state.
  • The activity of a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 may be assayed according to methods described generally in the Examples herein, or according to methods available to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • In certain exemplary embodiments, compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of NaV1.8. In other embodiments, compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of NaV1.8 and CaV2.2. In still other embodiments, compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of CaV2.2.
  • It will also be appreciated that the compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of the present invention can be employed in combination therapies, that is, the compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, one or more other desired therapeutics or medical procedures. The particular combination of therapies (therapeutics or procedures) to employ in a combination regimen will take into account compatibility of the desired therapeutics and/or procedures and the desired therapeutic effect to be achieved. It will also be appreciated that the therapies employed may achieve a desired effect for the same disorder (for example, an inventive compound may be administered concurrently with another agent used to treat the same disorder), or they may achieve different effects (e.g., control of any adverse effects). As used herein, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat or prevent a particular disease, or condition, are known as “appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated”.
  • The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
  • Examples of additional agents opiois, COX-2 inhibitors, local anesthestics, tricyclic antidepressants, NMDA modulators, cannibaloid receptor agonists, P2X family modulators, VR1 antagonists, and substance P antagonists.
  • The compounds of this invention or pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof may also be incorporated into compositions for coating an implantable medical device, such as prostheses, artificial valves, vascular grafts, stents and catheters. Accordingly, the present invention, in another aspect, includes a composition for coating an implantable device comprising a compound of the present invention as described generally above, and in classes and subclasses herein, and a carrier suitable for coating said implantable device. In still another aspect, the present invention includes an implantable device coated with a composition comprising a compound of the present invention as described generally above, and in classes and subclasses herein, and a carrier suitable for coating said implantable device. Suitable coatings and the general preparation of coated implantable devices are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,099,562; 5,886,026; and 5,304,121. The coatings are typically biocompatible polymeric materials such as a hydrogel polymer, polymethyldisiloxane, polycaprolactone, polyethylene glycol, polylactic acid, ethylene vinyl acetate, and mixtures thereof. The coatings may optionally be further covered by a suitable topcoat of fluorosilicone, polysaccarides, polyethylene glycol, phospholipids or combinations thereof to impart controlled release characteristics in the composition.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8 NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient, or contacting said biological sample with a compound of formula I or a composition comprising said compound. The term “biological sample”, as used herein, includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
  • Inhibition of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 activity in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limited to, the study of sodium ion channels in biological and pathological phenomena; and the comparative evaluation of new sodium ion channel inhibitors.
  • In order that the invention described herein may be more fully understood, the following examples are set forth. It should be understood that these examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting this invention in any manner.
  • EXAMPLES 4-(2,4-Dichloro-phenoxy)-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00336
  • To a mixture of 2,4-dichlorophenol (32.6 g, 0.2 mol), NaI (3 g) and K2CO3 (69 g, 0.5 mol) in DMF (500 mL) was added dropwise ethyl 4-bromobutyrate (39 g, 0.2 mol) at 80° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 h until the reaction mixture turned to colorless. The cooled mixture was filtered and the filtrate was diluted with EtOAc (1000 mL), washed with water (3×500 mL), dried, and concentrated to give the crude butyrate (57 g) as colorless oil. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.34 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.16 (dd, 1H, J1=8.8 Hz, J2=2.4 Hz), 6.84 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.15 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.06 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.54 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.17 (p. 2H, 6.4), 1.25 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).
  • 4-(2,4-Dichloro-phenoxy)-butyric acid
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00337
  • To a solution of ethyl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-butyrate (57 g, crude from last step, about 0.2 mol) in THF (500 mL) and water (500 mL) was added LiOH.H2O (12.6 g, 0.3 mol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. The mixture was washed with Et2O (3×200 mL), and the aqueous layer was acidified by addition of HCl (20%) to pH ˜2. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×400 mL), the combined organic extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the butyric acid (37 g, 74.3% from 2,4-dichlorophenol) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.36 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.18 (dd, 1H, J1=8.8 Hz, J2=2.4 Hz), 6.84 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.07 t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.64 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.17 (p, 2H, J=6.4 Hz).
  • 4-(2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-N-phenylbutyramide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00338
  • To a solution of the 4-(2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-butyric acid (9.8 g, 40 mmol) and triethylamine (6.0 ml, 40 mmol) in dichloromethane (150 mL) was added dropwise isobutyl chlorocarbonate (6 mL, 40 mol) at −30° C. After stirring at −30° C. for 3 h, aniline (4 mL 40 mol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h at −30° C. and then allowed to warm up to RT. Aqueous HCl (5%, 100 mL) was added and stirring was continued for 0.5 h. The phases were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2×200 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the product (10 g, 77.5%). 1H-NMR (CDCl2): δ 7.49 (d, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.38 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 7.31 (t, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.18 (dd, 1H, J1=8.8 Hz, J2=2.4 Hz) 7.12 (t, 1H, J=8.0), 6.87 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.12 (t, 2H, J=6.4 Hz), 2.64 (t, 2H, J=6.4 Hz), 2.25 (p, 2H, J=6.4 Hz).
  • 4-[4-(2,4-Dichlorophenoxy)-butyrylamino]-benzenesulfonyl chloride
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00339
  • To a solution of 4-(2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-N-phenyl-butyramide (9.8 g, 30 mmol) in chloroform (100 mL) was added chlorosulfonic acid (11.6 g, 100 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 36 h, then water (200 mL) was added to quench the reaction. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL), the combined organic extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica to give the sulfonyl chloride (3.5 g, 32%) as a white solid: 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.97 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.75 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.63 (br, s, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 7.21 (dd, 1H, J1=8.8 Hz, J2=2.4 Hz), 6.87 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.12 (t, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 2.72 (t, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 2.31 (p, 2H, J=6.4 Hz).
  • 4-(2,4-Dichloro-phenoxy)-N-[(4-[1,2,4]thiadiazol-5-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]butyramide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00340
  • To a solution of the sulfonyl chloride (84 mg, 0.2 mmol) in pyridine (1 mL) was added 5-amino-1,2,4-thiazole (40 mg, 0.4 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at rt for 24 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with 50% DMSO and MeOH (3 mL) and purified by HPLC (gradient 10-99% CH3CN/water). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=487.0; tR=3.23 min.
  • 5,7-Dichloro-1H-indol-2-carboxylic acid [4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-amide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00341
  • To a solution of 5,7-dichloro-indole-2-carbonylchloride (186 mg, 0.75 mmol) in pyridine (0.8 mL, 1 mmol) and DCM (5.2 mL) was added N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (128 mg, 0.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at rt for 16 h. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with DCM (3×5 mL), and dried under vacuum overnight to provide the product (0.21 g; yield=90%) as a white-green solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 12.78 (s, 1H), 12.33 (s, 1H), 10.67 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: obs=467.0; tR=3.12 min.
  • 2-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-N-[4-thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00342
  • 4-Fluorophenol (0.050 g, 0.45 mmol) was dissolved in 1.0 mL dimethylacetamide containing K2CO3 (0.15 g, 2.5 equiv). tert-Butyl chloroacetate (0.081 g, 85 pit, 1.2 equiv) was added neat and the mixture was microwave irradiated at 150° C. for 30 min. After cooling, the contents of the tube were filtered through Celite into a clean microwave tube, the bed was rinsed with 1.0 mL dimethylacetamide, 1.0 mL H2O was added to the tube and this mixture was irradiated for 3 min at 190° C. Volatiles were evaporated. To the crude residue was added carbonyldiimidazole (0.68 mL of 1.0 M in DMA). The solution was placed on the shaker for 1.0 h at rt, after which N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (1.8 mL of 1.0 M in DMA) was added and shaking continued overnight at rt. Volatiles were again evaporated, and the product isolated by HPLC purification.
  • 2-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-N-[4-thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00343
  • 2-Ethylphenol (0.061 g, 0.50 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL) and powdered K2CO3 (0.070 g, 0.50 mmol) was added followed by ethyl bromoacetate (0.12 g, 86 μL neat, 1.2 equiv). The mixture was shaken at rt for 16 h. NaOH (1.0 mL of 2 N) was added and shaking continued for 4 h. Aryloxybutanoic acid was precipitated by adding HCl (2.0 mL of 2 N) and collected by centrifugation and decantation of supernatant. A water wash was similarly employed prior to evaporation of volatiles. The dry crude product was weighed and assumed to be pure as it was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.0 equiv of 0.50 M in DMA) for 1 h at 45° C., then N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (1.0 equiv of 1.0 M in DMA) was added and shaking continued overnight at rt. Volatiles were again evaporated, and the product isolated by HPLC purification.
  • 2-(4-Chloro-2-fluoro-phenoxy)-N-[4-thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00344
  • 4-Chloro-2-fluorophenol (0.073 g, 0.50 mmol) was suspended in 0.62 mL H2O and NaOH (0.10 mL, 10 N) was added. The mixture was shaken until homogenous, chloroacetic acid (0.50 mL of 1.0 M) was added and the solution was heated to 110° C. in a test tube equipped with a rubber cap punctured by a syringe needle. Water was allowed to distill out. After 4-5 h, the temperature was increased to about 120° C. and most of the rest of the water was distilled off. When the volume reduction was about 75%, the tube was cooled and 1.0 mL of 6 N HCl was added to precipitate product which was collected by centrifugation and decantation of supernatant. Water washes (2×2 mL) were similarly employed prior to evaporation of volatiles. The dry crude product was weighed and assumed to be pure as it was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.0 equiv of 0.50 M in dimethylamine) for 1 h at 45° C., then N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (1.0 equiv of 1.0 M in dimethylamine) was added and shaking continued overnight at rt. Volatiles were again evaporated, and the product isolated by HPLC purification.
  • (8-Trifluoromethyl-quinolin-4-yloxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00345
  • 4-Hydroxy-8-trifluoromethylquinoline (0.50 g, 2.35 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (2 mL). Potassium carbonate was added (0.32 g, 2.35 mmol) and the mixture was stirred vigorously for 2 h. Ethyl bromoacetate (0.32 mL, 1.2 equiv) was added dropwise and heat was applied at 50° C. for 6 h. At 50° C., 2N NaOH (2 mL) was added and stirring continued for 4 h. The mixture was cooled and quenched with water (4 mL). Glacial acetic acid (1.4 mL) was added to ˜pH 4 resulting in precipitation of product. After stirring the suspension for 6 h, the solid was collected by vacuum filtration, rinsed with water, and dryed in a vacuum dessicator over CaCl. The yield of white solid was 0.56 g (87%). 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 5.04 (s, 2H), 7.11 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 13.3 (br s, 1H); LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: obs=333.5; tR=2.63 min.
  • N-[4-(Thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-2-(8-trifluoromethyl-quinolin-4-yloxy)-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00346
  • (8-Trifluoromethylquinolin-4-yloxy)-acetic acid (0.50 g, 1.84 mmol) was suspended in 20 mL DCM with rapid stirring. At rt, oxalyl chloride (0.19 mL, 1.2 equiv) was added dropwise and stirring continued for 4 h. Solvent and excess oxalyl chloride were removed in vacuo, the white residue was re-suspended in DCM, and the mixture cooled to 0° C. N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (0.47 g, 1.0 equiv) was added followed by pyridine (0.30 mL, 2.0 equiv). The mixture was allowed to warm to rt overnight. The solid was collected and rinsed with fresh DCM. Further purification was effected by suspending the solid in 20 mL methanol, stirring vigorously for 4 h, and filtration. After drying under vacuum, white solid 0.65 g (69%) was obtained. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 5.11 (s, 2H), 6.79 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6) 8.0, 103.6, 108.8, 120.0, 122.0, 124.8 (q, J=270 Hz), 125.1, 125.4, 126.4 (q, J=33 Hz), 127.7, 127.8, 129.2, 137.7, 142.1, 145.6, 153.2, 161.2, 166.5, 169.4 LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=509.5; tR=3.13 min.
  • 6-Chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00347
  • Method A:
  • To a solution of 6-chloroquinoline (2.0 g, 12.2 mmol) in anhydrous MeOH (500 mL) under nitrogen was added PtO2 (0.2 g, 1.6 mmol). Hydrogen gas was then passed through the reaction mixture and the mixture stirred for 45 min. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate evaporated. The product was taken up in DCM, filtered through celite and chromatographed (gradient of 0-10% EtOAc/Hex) to afford 0.9 g (41%) as clear colorless oil. HNMR (CDCl3): δ 6.85-6.83 (m, 2H), 6.42-6.39 (m, 1H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 3.17-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.63 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.75 (q, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=168.3; tR=1.74 min.
  • Method B:
  • A mixture of 6-chloroquinoline (0.82 g, 0.5 mmol), indium powder (0.53 g, 4.6 mmol), and saturated aq. NH4Cl (789 μL) in absolute EtOH (2.5 mL) was microwaved at 160° C. for 8 h. The mixture was then filtered and the filtrate concentrated to give a crude yield of 0.10 g. The product was taken up in DCM, filtered through celite and chromatographed (gradient of 0-10% EtOAc/Hex) to afford 0.01 g (12%) as clear colorless oil. LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=168.3; tR=1.74 min.
  • 1-Methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinoline
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00348
  • To a solution of 1-methylisoquinoline (133 μL, 1.0 mmol) in THF under nitrogen was added dropwise a solution of LiBEt3H in THF (1.0M, 2.2 mL, 2.2 mmol) to give a yellow solution. After stirring 1.5 h, MeOH (1.2 mL) was added dropwise to produce a clear colorless solution, which was then diluted with 1M aq. HCl and ether. The aqueous layer was extracted three times with ether, then made basic (pH 14) by addition of 1M aq. NaOH. The aqueous layer was extracted five times with DCM, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give the desired product in 77% yield, which was used without further purification. LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=148.3; tR=0.62 min.
  • 6-Methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00349
  • A mixture of 6-methoxyquinoline (69 μL, 0.5 mmol), ammonium formate (0.32 g, 5.0 mmol), and 10% Pd/C (0.05 g) in anhydrous MeOH (5 mL) was microwaved for 900 s at 100° C. The mixture was filtered and 2M HCl in Et2O (1.5 mL) was added. The product was redissolved in H2O/DCM and the aqueous layer basified with 0.1M aq. NaOH (pH 8). After extracting three times with DCM, the organic layer was concentrated to give the product in 89% yield. The product was used without further purification. LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=164.0; tR=0.40 min.
  • 2-Chloro-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00350
  • General Procedure 1:
  • N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (10.0 g, 39.2 mmol) was suspended in DCM containing pyridine (3.80 mL, 1.2 equiv) and chilled in an ice bath. Chloroacetyl chloride (5.3 g, 3.74 mL, 1.2 equiv) was added dropwise with vigorous stirring. The mixture was allowed to warm to rt overnight. The solid was filtered, rinsed with fresh DCM, and air dried to give 11.6 g (89%) white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 4.56 (s, 2H), 6.78 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 10.61 (s, 1H); 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6) 44.2, 108.8, 119.7, 125.1, 127.7, 137.7, 142.3, 165.8, 169.4; LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=333.6; tR=2.63 min.
  • 2-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl)-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00351
  • General Procedure 2:
  • To the 2-chloroacetamide (2.00 g, 6.03 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added tetrahydroquinoline (2.27 mL, 18.09 mmol) and the reaction mixture was microwaved at 200° C. for 300 s. The reaction mixture was taken up in DCM, filtered through celite and chromatographed (gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM) to provide 1.53 g (59%) of a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 12.70 (s, 1H), 10.37 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 4H), 7.25 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.82 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.86-1.95 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=429.0; tR=2.79 min.
  • 2-(6-Chloro-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-1-yl)-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00352
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 2:
  • 2-chloroacetamide (1.0 g, 3.0 mmol), 6-chloro-tetrahydro-quinoline (0.85 g, 5.0 mmol) in DMF (15 mL). Purified by column chromatography (5-10% MeOH/DCM), followed by HPLC purification (1-99% CH3CN/H2O). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=463.3; tR=2.93 min.
  • 2-Indol-1-yl-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00353
  • General procedure 3:
  • A dry, 10 mL borosilicate glass reaction vessel was put under an inert atmosphere of argon and loaded with sodium hydride (60% wt. dispersion in mineral oil, 5 equiv) to which dry DMF (1 mL) was added. The resulting suspension was cooled to 0° C. Subsequently, a solution of the indole in dry DMF (0.1M, 1 mL, 0.1 mmol) was added to the vessel and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. at 0° C. Next, a solution of the 2-chloro-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide in dry DMF (0.1M, 1 mL, 1 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 72 h, after which the reaction was quenched by the addition of water (5 mL). The work-up consisted of washing the aqueous phase with heptane (2×5 mL), addition of aqueous HCl (1M, 1 mL) and extraction with DCM (2×4 mL). Finally, removal of the DCM under reduced pressure and stripping the resulting solid with CH3CN (5 times), afforded the final product. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 10.73 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.71 (m, 4H), 7.55 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=412.2; tR=3.43 min.
  • 2-(2-Methyl-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl)-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00354
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 2:
  • 2-chloroacetamide (0.5 g, 1.5 mmol), 2-methylindoline (1.0 mL, 7.5 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). Purified by chromatography (gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM) to provide 640 mg (100%) of a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 12.70 (bs, 1H), 10.26 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.78 (m, 4H), 7.25 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (dt, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (d, Jd=0.8 Hz, Jt=8.0 Hz, 1H) (3.41 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.86-1.95 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=429.2; tR=2.97 min.
  • 2-Chloro-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-propionylamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00355
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 1:
  • N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (1.00 g, 3.9 mmol), pyridine (0.6 mL), 2-Chloropropionyl chloride (0.5 mL, 4.7 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in DCM (50 mL). Yield: 1.34 g (99%) of a crude white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 10.65 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.79 (m, 4H), 7.25 (d, J=4.3, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=4.6, 1H), 4.69 (q, J=3.3, 1H), 1.61 (d, J=6.6, 3H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=346.1; tR=2.22 min.
  • 2-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl)-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-propionamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00356
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 2:
  • 2-chloropropionylamide (173 mg, 0.5 mmol), tetrahydro-quinoline (0.19 mL, 1.5 mmol) in DMF (1 mL), microwaved at 200° C. for 450 s. The reaction mixture was diluted with 50% MeOH/DMSO and purified by HPLC (gradient of 1-99% CH3CN/water). 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 10.29 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.79 (m, 4H), 7.25 (d, J=4.6, 1H), 6.81-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.82 (d, J=4.6, 1H), 6.65 (d, 8.2, 1H), 6.54 (td, Jd=0.6, Jt=7.3, 1H), 4.58 (q, J=6.8, 1H), 3.47 (bs, 1H), 3.25 (t, J=5.5, 2H), 2.70 (t, J=6.2, 2H), 1.81-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.35 (d, J=6.9, 3H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=443.3; tR=3.13 min.
  • 2-(5-Chloro-indol-1-yl)-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-propionamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00357
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 3:
  • 6-Chloroindole (0.1 g, 0.7 mmol), NaH (60% in oil, 0.14 g, 3.6 mmol), 2-chloropropionylamide (250 mg, 0.7 mmol). The product was isolated by HPLC (gradient of 10-99% CH3CN/water). 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.71 (bs, 1H), 7.71-7.83 (m, 4H), 7.65 (d, J=1.6, 1H), 7.58-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, 4.6, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J=1.8, 8.4, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=4.6, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J=0.5, 2.8, 1H), 5.37 (q, J=7.0, 1H), 1.75 (d, J=6.9, 3H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M 41 obs=461.3; tR=2.90 min.
  • 2-Chloro-2-phenyl-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00358
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 1:
  • N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (5.60 g, 22 mmol), pyridine (3.6 mL, 44 mmol), 2-chloro-2-phenyl acetylchloride (3.8 mL, 26.4 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in DCM (400 mL). Yield: 6.73 g (75%) of a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.85 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.72 (m, 4H), 7.60-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.25 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (s, 1H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=408.1; tR=2.61 min.
  • 2-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl)-2-phenyl-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00359
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 2:
  • 2-chloro-2-phenyl acetamide (61 mg, 0.15 mmol), tetrahydroquinoline (94 μL, 0.75 mmol) in DMF (0.75 mL), microwaved at 200° C. for 300 s. The reaction mixture was diluted with 50% MeOH/DMSO (0.75 mL) and purified by HPLC (gradient of 1-99% CH3CN/water). 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.74 (s, 1H), 7.79-7.74 (m, 4H), 7.44-7.31 (m, 5H), 7.25 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.58-6.55 (m, 1H), 5.75 (s, 1H), 3.40-3.36 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.61 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.67 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=505.3; tR=3.20 min.
  • 3-Chloro-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-propionamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00360
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 1:
  • N′-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (8.37 g, 32.8 mmol), pyridine (5.3 mL, 65.6 mmol), 2-chloro-propionylchloride (3.8 mL, 39.4 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in DCM (400 mL). Yield: 2.70 g (24%) of a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.41 (s, 1H), 7.77-7.72 (m, 4H), 7.25 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=346.1; tR=1.94 min.
  • 2-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl)-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-propionamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00361
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 2:
  • 3-chloro-propionamide (173 mg, 0.5 mmol), tetrahydroquinoline (188 μL, 1.5 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL), microwaved at 200° C. for 300 s. The reaction mixture was diluted with 50% MeOH/DMSO (5.0 mL) and purified by HPLC (gradient of 1-99% CH3CN/water). 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.32 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.70 (m, 4H), 7.25 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.96 (m, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J=7.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (dt, J=10.0, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.69-2.53 (m, 4H), 1.86-1.80 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: obs=443.3; tR=2.42 min.
  • 3-(6-Chloro-indol-1-yl)-N-[4-(Thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-propionamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00362
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 3:
  • 6-Chloroindole (109 mg, 0.72 mmol), NaH (60% in oil, 144 mg, 3.60 mmol), 3-chloropropionamide (250 mg, 0.72 mmol). The product was isolated by HPLC (gradient of 10-99% CH3CN/water). 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.25 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.53 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J=8.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.84 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=461.1; tR=2.84 min.
  • [4-(Thiazol-2-ylsulfamoyl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid 8-trifluoromethyl-quinolin-4-yl ester
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00363
  • To a solution of 8-trifluoromethyl-quinolin-4-ol (107 mg, 0.50 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added 4-isocyanatobenzene-sulfonyl chloride (109 mg, 0.50 mmol) at RT. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 h. Then, a solution of 2-aminothiazole (50 mg, 0.50 mmol) in pyridine (5 mL) was added and stirring was continued for 65 h. The solvents were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen, the residue was dissolved in DMSO (2 mL) and purified by preparative LC/MS (gradient of 5-95% CH3CN/water). 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 9.63 (s, 1H), 9.10 (s, 1H), 8.28-8.22 (m, 2H), 7.97-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.81-7.77 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.14 (m, 1H). LC/MS (5-95%) M/Z: M +1 obs=495.4; tR=10.45.
  • 4-(3-Quinolin-8-yl-ureido)-N-thiazol-2-yl-benzenesulfonamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00364
  • Method A:
  • To a solution of sulfathiazole (102 mg, 0.40 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.17 mL, 0.95 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was added a 20% phosgene solution in toluene (20% w/w in toluene, 1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for 2 h. The excess of phosgene and solvent were evaporated in vacuo and coevaporated with acetonitrile (5 mL). Then, the crude product was suspended in acetonitrile (5 mL), and a solution of 8-aminoquinoline (58 mg, 0.40 mmol) in acetonitrile (1 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at reflux for 16 h. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was filtered and washed with acetonitrile (5 mL), water (2×5 mL) and diisopropylether (5 mL). The urea precipitated during the washing steps and was collected by filtration. The solid was washed with water (5 mL) and diisopropylether (5 mL) and dried in vacuo to give the product (18 mg, 11%). 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.24 (s, 1H), 9.80 (s, 1H), 8.94-8.93 (m, 1H), 8.57-8.55 (m, 1H), 8.42-8.40 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.57 (m, 7H), 7.25-7.24 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.81 (m, 1H). LC/MS (5-95%) M/Z: M +1 obs=424.6; tR=8.44.
  • Method B:
  • To a solution of 8-aminoquinoline (72 mg, 0.50 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was added diphosgene (66 μL, 0.55 mmol). The mixture was stirred under reflux for 2 h. Then, sulfathiazole (125 mg, 0.49 mmol) and triethylamine (167 μL, 1.12 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred under reflux for another 2 h and then allowed to reach ambient temperature overnight. Water (5 mL) was added, and the solid was filtered off, washed with water and cold acetonitrile and dried in vacuo.
  • (4-Nitrophenyl)-thiazol-2-yl-amine
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00365
  • To a suspension of 1-(4-nitrophenyl)-2-thiourea (5.00 g, 25.4 mmol) in acetic acid (40 mL) was added bromoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal (3.94 mL, 25.4 mmol) at RT. The resulting mixture was heated to 100° C. for 2 h. After cooling to RT, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with 1M NaOH (100 mL) and EtOAc (100 mL). The phases were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (20-80% EtOAc in hexanes) afforded the product as a yellow solid (2.75 g, 49%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.02 (s, 8.231H), 8.23 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=222.1; tR=2.50 min.
  • N-Thiazol-2-yl-benzene-1,4-diamine
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00366
  • A mixture of 4-Nitrophenyl)-thiazol-2-yl-amine (917 mg, 4.15 mmol) and tin(II) chloride (2.36, 12.5 mmol) in EtOH (40 mL) and 1M HCl (40 mL) was heated to 80° C. for 6 h. After cooling to RT, water (100 mL) and EtOAc (100 mL) were added and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was neutralized by addition of 1M NaHCO3 and extracted with EtOAc (4×150 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was filtered through a silica pad (hexanes:EtOAc, 1:1), and the filtrate was concentrated to give the product as a yellow-white solid (340 mg, 39%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.56 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.81 (s, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: obs=192.3; tR=0.39 min.
  • {4-[(Thiazole-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00367
  • To a solution of 2-TMS-thiazole (2.25 mL, 14.1 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 0° C. was slowly added a solution of phosgene in toluene (20%, 7.45 mL, 14. 1 mmol) over 15 Min. After stirring for 2 h at RT, the resulting solution was slowly added via syringe to a solution of N-BOC-1,4-phenylenediamine (4.42 g, 21.2 mmol) and pyridine (2.3 mL, 28.2 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) at 0° C. After stirring for 20 h at RT, the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of sat. NaHCO3 (100 mL), EtOAc (150 mL) was added, and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2×75 mL), and the combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by column chromatography (10-50% EtOAc in hexanes) afforded the product as an orange solid (452 mg, 10%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.66 (s, 1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=320.3; tR=2.90 min.
  • Thiazole-2-carboxylic acid (4-amino-phenyl)-amide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00368
  • To a solution of the N-BOC-protected amine (452 mg, 1.42 mmol) in DCM (2.5 mL) was added TFA (2.5 mL). After stirring for 1 h at RT, the reaction mixture was poured into sat. NaHCO3 (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4, concentrated in vacuo and used without further purification in the next reaction. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.26 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.92 (s, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=220.3; tR=0.57 min.
  • Thiazole-2-carboxylic acid 4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-phenyl ester
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00369
  • To a solution of 2-TMS-thiazole (2.25 mL, 14.1 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 0° C. was slowly added a solution of phosgene in toluene (20%, 7.45 mL, 14. 1 mmol) over 15 Min. After stirring for 2 h at RT, the resulting solution was slowly added via syringe to a solution of N-BOC-4-hydroxyaniline (4.39 g, 21.2 mmol) and pyridine (2.3 mL, 28.2 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) at 0° C. After stirring for 20 h at RT, the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of sat. NaHCO3 (100 mL), EtOAc (150 mL) was added, and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2×75 mL), and the combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by column chromatography (10-50% EtOAc in hexanes) afforded the product as a green solid (518 mg, 12%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.49 (s, 1H), 8.29 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=321.1; tR=2.94 min.
  • Thiazole-2-carboxylic 4-amino-phenyl ester
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00370
  • To a solution of the N-BOC-protected amine (515 mg, 1.61 mmol) in DCM (2.5 mL) was added TFA (2.5 mL). After stirring for 1 h at RT, the reaction mixture was poured into sat. NaHCO3 (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4, concentrated in vacuo and used without further purification in the next reaction. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.25 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=221.1; tR=0.59 min.
  • 3-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00371
  • A solution of ethyl bromoacetate (0.75 g, 4.5 mmol) and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (0.57 mL, 4.5 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was microwaved at 200° C. for 300 s. The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was redissolved in MeOH (12.5 mL). 1M NaOH (12.5 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. for 2.5 h. After cooling to RT, EtOAc (30 mL) and water (30 mL) were added, the phases were separated, the aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2-3 by addition of 6M HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the product (640 mg, 75%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 6.94-6.88 (m, 2H), 1H), 6.38 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 3.32 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.69 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.92-1.84 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=192.3; tR=2.39 min.
  • General Procedure 4 for Amide Couplings:
  • A mixture of the corresponding acid (0.2 mmol), amine (0.2 mmol), triethylamine (28 μL, 0.2 mmol) and HATU (76 mg, 0.2 mmol) in pyridine (0.5 mL) was microwaved at 200° C. for 420 s. The reaction mixture was diluted with 50% DMSO/MeOH (0.5 mL), filtered and purified by HPLC (gradient of 10-99% CH3CN/water).
  • 4-(2,4-Dichloro-phenoxy)-N-[4-(thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl]-butyramide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00372
  • Synthesized according to general procedure 4. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.09 (s, 1H), 9.86 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.37 (dd, J=8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.86 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.56-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.02 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=422.1; tR=2.67 min.
  • 2-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl)-N-[4-thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00373
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 4.
  • 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.15 (s, 1H), 9.88 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.51 (m, 4H), 7.23 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.87 (m, 3H), 6.50 (td, J=7.3, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.96-1.90 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=365.1; tR=2.41 min.
  • N-[4-(Thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl]-2-(8-trifluoromethyl-quinolin-4-yloxy)-acetamide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00374
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 4.
  • 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.23 (s, 1H), 10.19 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.63 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.52 (m, 4H), 7.24 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=445.3; tR=2.29 min.
  • Thiazole-2-carboxylic acid {4-[4-(2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-butyrylamino]phenyl}-amide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00375
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 4.
  • 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.72 (s, 1H), 9.98 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.37 (dd, J=8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.37-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.03 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=450.3; tR=3.34 min.
  • Thiazole-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2,3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl-acetylamino)-phenyl]-amide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00376
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 4.
  • 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.73 (s, 1H), 10.00 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.96-6.89 (m, 2H), 6.52-6.44 (m, 2H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.96-1.90 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=393.1; tR=3.07 min.
  • Thiazole-2-carboxylic acid {4-[2-(8-triffluoromethyl-quinolin-4-yloxy)-acetylamino]-phenyl}-amide
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00377
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 4.
  • 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.78 (s, 1H), 10.34 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J=5.3 Hz, (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.76 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=473.1; tR=2.82 min.
  • Thiazole-2-carboxylic acid 4-[4-(2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-butyrylamino]-phenyl ester
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00378
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 4.
  • 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.11 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.58 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J=8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.34-2.30 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=451.0; tR=3.58 min.
  • Thiazole-2-carboxylic acid 4-(2,3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl-acetylamino)-phenyl ester
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00379
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 4.
  • 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.14 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.68 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.27 (m, 2H), 6.96-6.90 (m, 2H), 6.51 (dt, J=9.7, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 3.43 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.96-1.90 (m, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=394.2; tR=3.30 min.
  • Thiazole-2-carboxylic acid 4-[2-(8-triffluoromethyl-quinolin-4-yloxy)-acetylamino]-phenyl ester
  • Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00380
  • Synthesized According to General Procedure 4.
  • 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.47 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.63 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.71 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H). LC/MS (10-99%) M/Z: M +1 obs=474.0; tR=3.06 min.
  • The analytical data for selected compounds recited in FIG. 1 are shown below in Table 2.
  • TABLE 2
    Cmpd # LC/MS M+ RT (min)
    4 390.20 2.51
    36 440.00 4.30
    38 441.00 2.43
    43 388.00 2.56
    63 447.20 3.06
    74 408.00 3.95
    91 440.30 2.96
    110 454.10 2.97
    124 374.00 2.59
    127 428.00 2.87
    142 495.00 3.23
    143 486.20 2.96
    144 453.00 3.01
    147 445.20 3.23
    155 467.20 3.11
    157 403.00 3.16
    161 400.00 2.63
    162 411.00 2.18
    163 411.00 1.99
    164 401.00 2.18
    165 425.00 2.13
    166 411.00 2.86
    167 414.00 2.81
    168 440.00 2.90
    170 442.20 1.85
    171 427.10 3.09
    172 402.30 2.53
    173 447.30 3.03
    174 427.30 2.61
    175 404.00 2.55
    186 408.00 2.62
    193 475.00 3.11
    225 426.00 2.86
    232 480.00 3.16
    233 501.20 3.29
    234 498.20 3.25
    235 484.00 3.49
    236 498.20 3.51
    237 511.20 3.26
    238 509.20 3.26
    239 511.20 3.31
    240 481.00 3.24
    241 511.20 3.34
    242 432.20 2.97
    243 453.00 3.12
    244 450.00 3.07
    245 436.20 3.32
    246 463.20 3.09
    247 461.20 3.05
    248 463.20 3.13
    249 433.20 3.03
    250 428.20 2.89
    251 461.20 3.07
    252 479.00 3.25
    253 479.00 3.12
    254 466.00 3.10
    255 515.00 3.84
    256 463.20 3.15
    257 449.20 3.10
    258 454.00 3.04
    259 411.00 3.11
    260 446.20 3.02
    261 469.00 3.20
    262 452.00 3.41
    263 397.00 3.04
    264 450.00 3.37
    265 463.20 3.19
    266 469.00 3.07
    267 473.00 3.19
    268 483.00 3.17
    269 405.20 2.70
    270 415.00 2.59
    271 420.80 2.72
    272 401.00 2.56
    273 406.00 2.55
    274 411.20 2.81
    275 417.20 2.90
    276 397.20 2.76
    277 427.20 2.96
    278 402.20 2.75
    279 458.20 2.98
    280 474.20 1.98
    281 389.00 3.05
    282 431.20 3.15
    283 465.80 3.14
    284 481.00 3.21
    285 487.00 3.27
    286 484.20 3.21
    287 470.20 3.46
    288 484.20 3.47
    289 497.20 3.21
    290 495.20 3.20
    291 497.20 3.24
    292 466.80 3.16
    293 497.20 3.28
    294 472.20 3.09
    295 432.20 2.79
    296 447.20 2.90
    297 453.20 2.95
    298 463.20 2.92
    299 461.40 2.89
    300 463.20 3.00
    301 433.40 2.85
    302 438.20 2.79
    303 389.20 2.35
    304 374.60 2.92
    305 417.00 3.06
    306 470.20 3.07
    307 470.00 3.34
    308 485.20 3.08
    309 483.00 3.15
    310 452.00 2.95
    311 536.20 3.48
    312 592.20 3.55
    313 596.20 3.62
    314 514.20 3.27
    315 526.20 3.31
    316 542.40 3.53
    317 562.40 3.53
    318 500.00 3.37
    319 527.20 3.37
    320 487.00 3.09
    321 455.80 3.31
    322 481.00 3.05
    323 404.20 2.49
    324 397.20 2.37
    325 471.20 3.66
    326 457.40 3.60
    327 471.20 3.74
    328 485.40 3.78
    329 471.20 3.81
    330 485.40 3.87
    331 473.20 3.42
    332 417.20 3.22
    333 431.40 3.36
    334 443.40 3.42
    335 459.40 3.72
    336 493.20 3.67
    337 489.00 3.69
    338 432.20 3.00
    339 417.20 2.81
    340 435.20 2.43
    341 441.20 2.57
    342 426.00 2.39
    343 409.20 2.69
    344 415.00 2.82
    345 400.00 2.65
    346 459.20 3.10
    347 465.00 3.18
    348 461.20 3.18
    349 466.80 3.26
    350 452.00 3.07
    351 421.00 2.55
    352 427.00 2.69
    353 411.60 2.51
    354 385.00 2.62
    355 391.20 2.69
    356 376.00 2.55
    357 410.20 2.62
    358 476.20 3.22
    359 482.20 3.26
    360 467.00 3.12
    361 410.20 2.78
    362 467.90 4.06
    363 474.86 4.05
    364 459.86 3.87
    365 437.89 3.79
    366 467.90 4.10
    367 474.85 4.23
    368 459.84 3.95
    369 475.99 4.30
    370 465.92 4.13
    371 460.95 3.95
    372 467.96 4.00
    373 451.92 3.83
    374 466.90 4.29
    375 451.95 4.10
    376 424.90 3.63
    377 438.90 3.93
    378 433.20 2.80
    379 433.20 2.80
    380 424.00 2.85
    381 443.20 2.94
    382 449.00 3.10
    383 434.00 2.96
    384 487.20 2.57
    385 472.20 2.41
    386 439.20 2.71
    387 445.40 2.84
    388 430.10 2.79
    389 425.20 2.89
    390 431.00 2.98
    391 416.20 2.82
    392 429.20 3.27
    393 420.20 3.15
    394 537.20 3.58
    395 528.20 3.50
    396 525.40 3.45
    397 519.00 3.40
    398 510.20 3.29
    399 500.00 3.19
    400 514.00 3.04
    401 455.40 3.74
    402 521.40 3.79
    403 459.00 1.70
    404 408.20 2.63
    405 414.20 2.74
    406 399.00 2.60
    407 422.20 2.89
    408 428.20 2.96
    409 413.00 2.84
    410 429.50 2.68
    411 399.10 2.51
    412 417.10 2.78
    413 483.30 3.08
    414 413.30 2.83
    415 411.30 2.83
    416 427.00 2.90
    417 459.00 2.32
    418 509.00 3.32
    419 475.00 3.10
    420 500.00 3.23
    421 500.00 3.21
    422 470.00 3.19
    423 447.00 3.05
    424 433.00 2.86
    425 399.00 2.58
    426 451.00 2.81
    428 502.00 4.42
    429 432.00 4.29
    430 486.00 4.41
    431 486.00 4.36
    432 436.00 4.09
    439 462.00 4.54
    440 434.00 4.09
    441 424.00 4.19
    442 415.00 3.82
    443 432.00 3.72
    444 454.00 4.19
    448 404.00 4.15
    471 100.00 3.30
    472 497.20 3.60
    473 443.40 3.15
    474 100.00 3.37
    475 158.00 2.98
    476 436.00 4.12
    477 432.00 4.49
    478 418.00 4.27
    479 454.00 4.12
    480 420.00 3.97
    481 442.00 4.20
    482 537.00 3.40
    484 456.00 4.07
    485 470.00 4.30
    486 466.00 4.02
    487 434.00 3.92
    488 484.00 4.44
    489 447.00 3.47
    490 444.00 3.69
    491 472.00 4.52
    492 520.00 4.47
    493 458.00 3.70
    494 509.00 3.60
    495 445.00 3.84
    496 461.00 3.82
    497 464.00 4.15
    498 461.00 4.00
    499 432.00 3.95
    500 504.00 4.41
    501 504.00 4.44
    502 472.00 4.44
    503 520.00 4.38
    504 473.00 3.45
    505 471.00 3.62
    506 416.00 3.45
    507 462.00 3.38
    508 454.00 3.80
    509 459.00 3.99
    510 451.00 3.26
    511 475.00 4.02
    512 443.00 5.27
    513 492.00 5.43
    514 435.00 3.63
    515 477.00 3.74
    516 487.00 4.39
    517 521.00 4.39
    518 500.00 4.19
    519 482.00 3.77
    520 470.00 3.87
    521 488.00 4.30
    522 470.00 3.94
    523 451.00 4.01
    524 453.00 4.02
    525 480.00 4.07
    526 470.00 3.89
    527 463.00 3.95
    528 521.00 4.39
    529 482.00 4.04
    530 502.00 4.46
    531 454.00 4.15
    532 447.00 3.74
    533 433.00 3.40
    534 460.00 3.32
    535 474.00 3.50
    536 434.00 3.34
    537 476.00 4.12
    538 455.00 3.41
    539 441.00 5.36
    540 442.00 3.12
    541 510.00  4.44,
    542 450.00 5.70
    543 443.00 4.72
    544 451.00 4.31
    545 441.00 5.10
    546 444.00 3.81
    547 444.00 4.72
    548 426.00 3.57
    549 459.00 3.95
    550 442.30 0.57
    551 381.10 2.36
    552 456.30 2.98
    553 492.30 3.17
    554 424.10 2.46
    555 466.10 3.07
    556 400.30 2.70
    557 479.10 2.23
    558 506.10 3.12
    559 436.00 2.55
    560 418.00 2.68
    561 450.00 2.79
    562 429.00 2.71
    563 415.00 2.59
    564 460.00 3.63
    565 462.00 5.07
    566 436.00 3.69
    567 448.00 3.45
    568 523.00 5.15
    569 448.00 3.57
    570 504.00 4.00
    571 500.00 4.14
    572 448.00 3.52
    573 477.00 3.67
    574 465.00 4.97
    575 467.00 2.58
    576 444.00 4.38
    577 490.00 4.79
    578 399.10 2.29
    579 413.30 2.43
    580 400.30 1.73
    581 428.30 1.88
    582 427.30 2.65
    583 427.30 2.51
    584 477.10 2.93
    585 431.30 2.55
    586 411.10 2.75
    587 414.30 2.86
    588 442.00 4.89
    589 470.00 3.42
    590 260.10 3.20
    591 246.30 3.10
    592 430.30 2.68
    593 234.10 2.71
    594 416.30 2.60
    595 425.10 1.79
    596 425.10 1.78
    597 457.30 2.18
    598 444.00 2.84
    599 464.00 3.07
    600 484.00 3.10
    601 494.00 3.04
    602 500.00 3.00
    603 500.00 3.05
    604 530.00 3.18
    605 470.00 4.51
    606 473.00 4.66
    607 457.00 2.78
    608 418.00 3.09
    609 397.00 2.01
    610 429.00 2.14
    611 486.00 3.29
    612 500.00 3.37
    613 474.00 3.01
    614 446.00 3.68
    615 441.00 1.87
    616 442.00 2.29
    617 443.00 2.67
    618 442.00 2.21
    619 430.00 3.04
    620 442.00 2.77
    621 430.00 2.80
    622 430.00 3.06
    623 414.00 1.93
    624 439.00 2.19
    625 443.00 2.31
    626 425.00 2.11
    627 434.00 2.85
    628 464.00 2.93
    629 429.00 2.78
    630 433.00 2.71
    631 449.00 2.87
    632 497.00 3.03
    633 485.00 3.28
    634 442.00 2.29
    635 442.00 2.25
    636 473.00 2.62
    637 475.00 2.93
    638 442.00 2.91
    639 442.00 3.05
    640 475.00 2.12
    641 459.00 2.02
    642 459.00 1.84
    643 430.00 2.14
    644 509.00 2.43
    645 413.00 2.55
    646 399.00 2.36
    647 528.00 2.30
    648 563.30 4.71
    649 563.30 4.71
    650 487.30 3.13
    651 517.10 3.28
    652 517.10 3.32
    653 528.90 3.45
    654 308.10 3.25
    655 497.10 3.12
    656 489.00 1.98
    657 445.00 2.64
    658 429.00 1.92
    659 487.00 3.41
    660 459.00 2.83
    682 480.00 3.19
    683 438.00
    684 426.00
    685 426.00
    686 440.00
    687 464.00
    688 440.00
    689 444.00
    690 456.00
    691 460.00
    693 440.00
    694 443.00 2.99
    695 443.00 2.83
    696 463.00 3.08
    697 457.00 2.44
    698 471.00 2.57
    699 443.00 2.48
    700 471.00 2.49
    701 576.00 3.54
    702 628.00 3.67
    703 610.00 3.69
    704 611.00 3.68
    705 594.00 3.52
    706 555.00 3.64
    707 515.00 3.36
    708 447.00 2.82
    709 443.00 2.00
    710 457.00 3.10
    711 457.00 3.13
    712 443.00 3.13
    713 443.00 3.16
    714 523.00 2.64
    715 463.00 3.04
    716 443.00 1.92
    717 367.00 0.68
    718 383.00 0.62
    719 403.00 1.68
    720 381.00 1.17
    721 461.00 2.90
    722 443.00 2.42
    723 461.00 2.84
    724 461.00 2.84
    725 429.00 2.76
    726 443.00 2.67
    727 505.00 3.20
    728 395.00 1.55
    729 395.00 1.68
    730 409.00 1.82
    731 417.00 1.65
    732 399.00 1.40
    733 417.00 1.56
    734 445.00 2.70
    735 445.00 2.70
    736 409.00 1.40
    737 424.00 0.86
    738 424.00 0.67
    739 395.00 1.49
    740 447.00 2.41
    741 443.00 2.58
    742 495.00 3.00
    743 445.00 2.70
    744 461.00 2.80
    745 452.00 2.50
    746 449.00 2.70
    747 444.00 2.88
    748 424.60 4.37
    749 424.60 4.54
    750 424.60 8.44
    751 423.60 5.40
    752 494.60 7.21
    753 448.60 5.50
    754 459.40 9.11
    755 424.60 5.39
    756 424.60 5.28
    757 424.60 4.55
    758 424.40 4.92
    759 495.40 10.29 
    760 422.00 2.66
    761 475.00 2.95
    762 475.00 2.95
    763 462.00 2.94
    764 429.00 2.76
    765 443.00 2.67
    766 457.00 3.03
    767 443.00 1.75
    768 503.00 1.74
    769 365.00 2.42
    770 445.00 2.29
    771 450.00 3.59
    772 393.00 3.07
    773 473.00 2.82
    774 495.00 3.09
  • Assays For Detecting and Measuring NaV Inhibition Properties of Compounds
  • A) Optical Methods for Assaying NaV Inhibition Properties of Compounds:
  • Compounds of the invention are useful as antagonists of voltage-gated sodium ion channels. Antagonist properties of test compounds were assessed as follows. Cells expressing the NaV of interest were placed into microtiter plates. After an incubation period, the cells were stained with fluorescent dyes sensitive to the transmembrane potential. The test compounds were added to the microtiter plate. The cells were stimulated with either a chemical or electrical means to evoke a NaV dependent membrane potential change from unblocked channels, which was detected and measured with trans-membrane potential-sensitive dyes. Antagonists were detected as a decreased membrane potential response to the stimulus. The optical membrane potential assay utilized voltage-sensitive FRET sensors described by Gonzalez and Tsien (See, Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y. Tsien (1995) “Voltage sensing by fluorescence resonance energy transfer in single cells” Biophys J 69(4): 1272-80, and Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y. Tsien (1997) “Improved indicators of cell membrane potential that use fluorescence resonance energy transfer” Chem Biol 4(4): 269-77) in combination with instrumentation for measuring fluorescence changes such as the Voltage/Ion Probe Reader (VIPR®) (See, Gonzalez, J. E., K. Oades, et al. (1999) “Cell-based assays and instrumentation for screening ion-channel targets” Drug Discov Today 4(9): 431-439).
  • B) VIPR® Optical Membrane Potential Assay Method with Chemical Stimulation
  • Cell Handling and Dye Loading
  • 24 hours before the assay on VIPR, CHO cells endogenously expressing a NaV1.2 type voltage-gated NaV are seeded in 96-well poly-lysine coated plates at 60,000 cells per well. Other subtypes are performed in an analogous mode in a cell line expressing the NaV of interest.
      • 1) On the day of the assay, medium is aspirated and cells are washed twice with 225 μL of Bath Solution #2 (BS#2).
      • 2) A 15 uM CC2-DMPE solution is prepared by mixing 5 mM coumarin stock solution with 10% Pluronic 127 1:1 and then dissolving the mix in the appropriate volume of BS#2.
      • 3) After bath solution is removed from the 96-well plates, the cells are loaded with 80 μL of the CC2-DMPE solution. Plates are incubated in the dark for 30 minutes at room temperature.
      • 4) While the cells are being stained with coumarin, a 15 μL oxonol solution in BS#2 is prepared. In addition to DiSBAC2(3), this solution should contain 0.75 mM ABSC1 and 30 μL veratridine (prepared from 10 mM EtOH stock, Sigma #V-5754).
      • 5) After 30 minutes, CC2-DMPE is removed and the cells are washed twice with 225 μL of BS#2. As before, the residual volume should be 40 μL.
      • 6) Upon removing the bath, the cells are loaded with 80 μL of the DiSBAC2(3) solution, after which test compound, dissolved in DMSO, is added to achieve the desired test concentration to each well from the drug addition plate and mixed thoroughly. The volume in the well should be roughly 121 μL. The cells are then incubated for 20-30 minutes.
      • 7) Once the incubation is complete, the cells are ready to be assayed on VIPR® with a sodium addback protocol. 120 □L of Bath solution #1 is added to stimulate the NaV dependent depolarization. 200 μL tetracaine was used as an antagonist positive control for block of the NaV channel.
  • Analysis of VIPR® Data:
  • Data are analyzed and reported as normalized ratios of background-subtracted emission intensities measured in the 460 nm and 580 nm channels. Background intensities are then subtracted from each assay channel. Background intensities are obtained by measuring the emission intensities during the same time periods from identically treated assay wells in which there are no cells. The response as a function of time is then reported as the ratios obtained using the following formula:
  • R ( t ) = ( intensity 460 n m - background 460 n m ) ( intensity 580 n m - background 580 n m )
  • The data is further reduced by calculating the initial (Ri) and final (Rf) ratios. These are the average ratio values during part or all of the pre-stimulation period, and during sample points during the stimulation period. The response to the stimulus
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-P00001
    .=Rf/Ri is then calculated. For the Na+ addback analysis time windows, baseline is 2-7 sec and final response is sampled at 15-24 sec.
  • Control responses are obtained by performing assays in the presence of a compound with the desired properties (positive control), such as tetracaine, and in the absence of pharmacological agents (negative control). Responses to the negative (N) and positive (P) controls are calculated as above. The compound antagonist activity A is defined as:
  • A = R - P N - P * 100.
  • where R is the ratio response of the test compound
  • Solutions [mM]
    • Bath Solution #1: NaCl 160, KCl 4.5, CaCl 2 2, MgCl 2 1,
    • HEPES 10, pH 7.4 with NaOH
    • Bath Solution #2 TMA-Cl 160, CaCl2 0.1, MgCl 2 1, HEPES 10, pH 7.4 with KOH (final K concentration 5 mM)
    • CC2-DMPE: prepared as a 5 mM stock solution in DMSO and stored at −20° C.
    • DiSBAC2 (3): prepared as a 12 mM stock in DMSO and stored at −20° C.
    • ABSC1: prepared as a 200 mM stock in distilled H2O and stored at room temperature
  • Cell Culture
  • CHO cells are grown in DMEM (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium; GibcoBRL #10569-010) supplemented with 10% FBS (Fetal Bovine Serum, qualified; GibcoBRL #16140-071) and 1% Pen-Strep (Penicillin-Streptomycin; GibcoBRL #15140-122). Cells are grown in vented cap flasks, in 90% humidity and 10% CO2, to 100% confluence. They are usually split by trypsinization 1:10 or 1:20, depending on scheduling needs, and grown for 2-3 days before the next split.
  • C) VIPR® Optical Membrane Potential Assay Method with Electrical Stimulation
  • The following is an example of how NaV1.3 inhibition activity is measured using the optical membrane potential method#2. Other subtypes are performed in an analogous mode in a cell line expressing the NaV of interest.
  • HEK293 cells stably expressing NaV1.3 are plated into 96-well microtiter plates. After an appropriate incubation period, the cells are stained with the voltage sensitive dyes CC2-DMPE/DiSBAC2(3) as follows.
  • Reagents:
  • 100 mg/mL Pluronic F-127 (Sigma #P2443), in dry DMSO
  • 10 mM DiSBAC2(3) (Aurora #00-100-010) in dry DMSO 10 mM CC2-DMPE (Aurora #00-100-008) in dry DMSO 200 mM ABSC1 in H2O
  • Hank's Balanced Salt Solution (Hyclone #SH30268.02) supplemented with 10 mM HEPES (Gibco #15630-080)
  • Loading Protocol:
  • 2×CC2−DMPE=20 μM CC2-DMPE:
  • 10 mM CC2-DMPE is vortexed with an equivalent volume of 10% pluronic, followed by vortexing in required amount of HBSS containing 10 mM HEPES. Each cell plate will require 5 mL of 2×CC2-DMPE. 50 μL of 2×CC2-DMPE is to wells containing washed cells, resulting in a 10 μM final staining concentration. The cells are stained for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.
  • 2× DISBAC2(3) with ABSC1=6 μM DISBAC2(3) and 1 mM ABSC1:
  • The required amount of 10 mM DISBAC2(3) is added to a 50 ml conical tube and mixed with 1 μL 10% pluronic for each mL of solution to be made and vortexed together. Then HBSS/HEPES is added to make up 2× solution. Finally, the ABSC1 is added.
  • The 2× DiSBAC2(3) solution can be used to solvate compound plates. Note that compound plates are made at 2× drug concentration. Wash stained plate again, leaving residual volume of 50 μL. Add 50 uL/well of the 2× DiSBAC2(3) w/ABSC1. Stain for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.
  • The electrical stimulation instrument and methods of use are described in ION Channel Assay Methods PCT/US01/21652, herein incorporated by reference. The instrument comprises a microtiter plate handler, an optical system for exciting the coumarin dye while simultaneously recording the coumarin and oxonol emissions, a waveform generator, a current- or voltage-controlled amplifier, and a device for inserting electrodes in well. Under integrated computer control, this instrument passes user-programmed electrical stimulus protocols to cells within the wells of the microtiter plate.
  • Reagents
  • Assay Buffer #1
  • 140 mM NaCl, 4.5 mM KCl, 2 mM CaCl2, 1 mM MgCl2, 10 mM HEPES, 10 mM glucose, pH 7.40, 330 mOsm
    Pluronic stock (1000×): 100 mg/mL pluronic 127 in dry DMSO
    Oxonol stock (3333×): 10 mM DiSBAC2(3) in dry DMSO
    Coumarin stock (1000×): 10 mM CC2-DMPE in dry DMSO
    ABSC1 stock (400×): 200 mM ABSC1 in water
  • Assay Protocol
      • 1. Insert or use electrodes into each well to be assayed.
      • 2. Use the current-controlled amplifier to deliver stimulation wave pulses for 3 s. Two seconds of pre-stimulus recording are performed to obtain the un-stimulated intensities. Five seconds of post-stimulation recording are performed to examine the relaxation to the resting state.
  • Data Analysis
  • Data are analyzed and reported as normalized ratios of background-subtracted emission intensities measured in the 460 nm and 580 nm channels. Background intensities are then subtracted from each assay channel. Background intensities are obtained by measuring the emission intensities during the same time periods from identically treated assay wells in which there are no cells. The response as a function of time is then reported as the ratios obtained using the following formula:
  • R ( t ) = ( intensity 460 n m - background 460 n m ) ( intensity 580 n m - background 580 n m )
  • The data is further reduced by calculating the initial (Ri) and final (Rf) ratios. These are the average ratio values during part or all of the pre-stimulation period, and during sample points during the stimulation period. The response to the stimulus
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-P00001
    .=Rf/Ri is then calculated.
  • Control responses are obtained by performing assays in the presence of a compound with the desired properties (positive control), such as tetracaine, and in the absence of pharmacological agents (negative control). Responses to the negative (N) and positive (P) controls are calculated as above. The compound antagonist activity A is defined as:
  • A = R - P N - P * 100.
  • where R is the ratio response of the test compound.
  • Electrophysiology Assays for NaV Activity and Inhibition of Test Compounds
  • Patch clamp electrophysiology was used to assess the efficacy and selectivity of sodium channel blockers in dorsal root ganglion neurons. Rat neurons were isolated from the dorsal root ganglions and maintained in culture for 2 to 10 days in the presence of NGF (50 ng/ml) (culture media consisted of NeurobasalA supplemented with B27; glutamine and antibiotics). Small diameter neurons (nociceptors, 8-12 μm in diameter) have been visually identified and probed with fine tip glass electrodes connected to an amplifier (Axon Instruments). The “voltage clamp” mode has been used to assess the compound's IC50 holding the cells at −60 mV. In addition, the “current clamp” mode has been employed to test the efficacy of the compounds in blocking action potential generation in response to current injections. The results of these experiments have contributed to the definition of the efficacy profile of the compounds.
  • Voltage-Clamp Assay in DRG Neurons
  • TTX-resistant sodium currents were recorded from DRG somata using the whole-cell variation of the patch clamp technique. Recordings were made at room temperature (−22° C.) with thick walled borosilicate glass electrodes (WPI; resistance 3-4 MΩ. using an Axopatch 200B amplifier (Axon Instruments). After establishing the whole-cell configuration, approximately 15 minutes were allowed for the pipette solution to equilibrate within the cell before beginning recording. Currents were lowpass filtered between 2-5 kHz and digitally sampled at 10 kHz. Series resistance was compensated 60-70% and was monitored continuously throughout the experiment. The liquid junction potential (−7 mV) between the intracellular pipette solution and the external recording solution was not accounted for in the data analysis. Test solutions were applied to the cells with a gravity driven fast perfusion system (SF-77; Warner Instruments).
  • Dose-response relationships were determined in voltage clamp mode by repeatedly depolarizing the cell from the experiment specific holding potential to a test potential of +10 mV once every 60 seconds. Blocking effects were allowed to plateau before proceeding to the next test concentration.
  • Solutions
  • Intracellular solution (in mM): Cs—F (130), NaCl (10), MgCl2 (1), EGTA (1.5), CaCl2 (0.1), HEPES (10), glucose (2), pH=7.42, 290 mOsm.
  • Extracellular solution (in mM): NaCl (138), CaCl2 (1.26), KCl (5.33), KH2PO4 (0.44), MgCl2 (0.5), MgSO4 (0.41), NaHCO3 (4), Na2HPO4 (0.3), glucose (5.6), HEPES (10), CdCl2 (0.4), NiCl2 (0.1), TTX (0.25×10−3).
  • Current-Clamp Assay for NaV Channel Inhibition Activity of Compounds
  • Cells were current-clamped in whole-cell configuration with a Multiplamp 700A amplifier (Axon Inst). Borosilicate pipettes (4-5 MOhm) were filled with (in mM):150 K-gluconate, 10 NaCl, 0.1 EGTA, 10 Hepes, 2 MgCl2, (buffered to pH 7.34 with KOH). Cells were bathed in (in mM): 140 NaCl, 3 KCl, 1 MgCl, 1 CaCl, and 10 Hepes). Pipette potential was zeroed before seal formation; liquid junction potentials were not corrected during acquisition. Recordings were made at room temperature.
  • Compounds of the invention as depicted generally herein and in Table 2 were found to inhibit voltage-gated sodium channels at 25.0 μM or less.
  • Assays For Detecting and Measuring CaV Inhibition Properties of Compounds
  • A) Optical Methods for Assaying CaV Inhibition Properties of Compounds:
  • Compounds of the invention are useful as antagonists of voltage-gated calcium ion channels. Antagonist properties of test compounds were assessed as follows. Cells expressing the CaV of interest were placed into microtiter plates. After an incubation period, the cells were stained with fluorescent dyes sensitive to the transmembrane potential. The test compounds were added to the microtiter plate. The cells were stimulated with electrical means to evoke a CaV dependent membrane potential change from unblocked channels, which was detected and measured with trans-membrane potential-sensitive dyes. Antagonists were detected as a decreased membrane potential response to the stimulus. The optical membrane potential assay utilized voltage-sensitive FRET sensors described by Gonzalez and Tsien (See, Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y. Tsien (1995) “Voltage sensing by fluorescence resonance energy transfer in single cells” Biophys J 69(4): 1272-80, and Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y. Tsien (1997) “Improved indicators of cell membrane potential that use fluorescence resonance energy transfer” Chem Biol 4(4): 269-77) in combination with instrumentation for measuring fluorescence changes such as the Voltage/Ion Probe Reader (VIPR®) (See, Gonzalez, J. E., K. Oades, et al. (1999) “Cell-based assays and instrumentation for screening ion-channel targets” Drug Discov Today 4(9): 431-439).
  • VIPR® Optical Membrane Potential Assay Method with Electrical Stimulation
  • The following is an example of how CaV2.2 inhibition activity is measured using the optical membrane potential method. Other subtypes are performed in an analogous mode in a cell line expressing the CaV of interest.
  • HEK293 cells stably expressing CaV2.2 are plated into 96-well microtiter plates. After an appropriate incubation period, the cells are stained with the voltage sensitive dyes CC2-DMPE/DiSBAC2(3) as follows.
  • Reagents:
  • 100 mg/mL Pluronic F-127 (Sigma #P2443), in dry DMSO
  • 10 mM DiSBAC6(3) (Aurora #00-100-010) in dry DMSO 10 mM CC2-DMPE (Aurora #00-100-008) in dry DMSO 200 mM Acid Yellow 17 (Aurora # VABSC) in H2O 370 mM Barium Chloride (Sigma Cat# B6394) in H2 O Bath X 160 mM NaCl (Sigma Cat# S-9888) 4.5 mM KCl (Sigma Cat# P-5405) 1 mM MgCl2 (Fluka Cat#63064) 10 mM HEPES (Sigma Cat# H-4034)
  • pH 7.4 using NaOH
  • Loading Protocol:
  • 2×CC2-DMPE=20 μM CC2-DMPE:
  • 10 mM CC2-DMPE is vortexed with an equivalent volume of 10% pluronic, followed by vortexing in required amount of HBSS containing 10 mM HEPES. Each cell plate will require 5 mL of 2×CC2-DMPE. 50 μL of 2×CC2-DMPE is added to wells containing washed cells, resulting in a 10 μM final staining concentration. The cells are stained for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.
  • 2×CC2DMPE & DISBAC6(3)=8 μM CC2DMPE & 2. 5 μM DISBAC6(3):
  • Vortex together both dyes with an equivalent volume of 10% pluronic (in DMSO). Vortex in required amount of Bath X with beta-cyclodextrin. Each 96well cell plate will require 5 ml of 2XCC2DMPE. Wash plate with ELx405 with Bath X, leaving a residual volume of 50 μL/well. Add 50 μL of 2XCC2DMPE & DISBAC6(3) to each well. Stain for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.
  • 1. 5X AY17=750 μM AY17 with 15 mM BaCl2:
  • Add Acid Yellow 17 to vessel containing Bath X. Mix well. Allow solution to sit for 10 minutes. Slowly mix in 370 mM BaCl2. This solution can be used to solvate compound plates. Note that compound plates are made at 1.5× drug concentration and not the usual 2×. Wash CC2 stained plate, again, leaving residual volume of 50 μL. Add 100 uL/well of the AY17 solution. Stain for 15 minutes in the dark at RT. Run plate on the optical reader.
  • The electrical stimulation instrument and methods of use are described in ION Channel Assay Methods PCT/US01/21652, herein incorporated by reference. The instrument comprises a microtiter plate handler, an optical system for exciting the coumarin dye while simultaneously recording the coumarin and oxonol emissions, a waveform generator, a current- or voltage-controlled amplifier, and a device for inserting electrodes in well. Under integrated computer control, this instrument passes user-programmed electrical stimulus protocols to cells within the wells of the microtiter plate.
  • Assay Protocol
  • Insert or use electrodes into each well to be assayed.
  • Use the current-controlled amplifier to deliver stimulation wave pulses for 3-5 s. Two seconds of pre-stimulus recording are performed to obtain the un-stimulated intensities. Five seconds of post-stimulation recording are performed to examine the relaxation to the resting state.
  • Data Analysis
  • Data are analyzed and reported as normalized ratios of background-subtracted emission intensities measured in the 460 nm and 580 nm channels. Background intensities are then subtracted from each assay channel. Background intensities are obtained by measuring the emission intensities during the same time periods from identically treated assay wells in which there are no cells. The response as a function of time is then reported as the ratios obtained using the following formula:
  • R ( t ) = ( intensity 460 n m - background 460 n m ) ( intensity 580 n m - background 580 n m )
  • The data is further reduced by calculating the initial (Ri) and final (Rf) ratios. These are the average ratio values during part or all of the pre-stimulation period, and during sample points during the stimulation period. The response to the stimulus
    Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-P00001
    .=Rf/Ri is then calculated.
  • Control responses are obtained by performing assays in the presence of a compound with the desired properties (positive control), such as mibefradil, and in the absence of pharmacological agents (negative control). Responses to the negative (N) and positive (P) controls are calculated as above. The compound antagonist activity A is defined as:
  • A = R - P N - P * 100.
  • where R is the ratio response of the test compound.
  • Electrophysiology Assays for CaV Activity and Inhibition of Test Compounds
  • Patch clamp electrophysiology was used to assess the efficacy of calcium channel blockers expressed in HEK293 cells. HEK293 cells expressing CaV2.2 have been visually identified and probed with fine tip glass electrodes connected to an amplifier (Axon Instruments). The “voltage clamp” mode has been used to assess the compound's IC50 holding the cells at −100 mV. The results of these experiments have contributed to the definition of the efficacy profile of the compounds.
  • Voltage-Clamp Assay in HEK293 Cells Expressing CaV2.2
  • CaV2.2 calcium currents were recorded from HEK293 cells using the whole-cell variation of the patch clamp technique. Recordings were made at room temperature (−22° C.) with thick walled borosilicate glass electrodes (WPI; resistance 3-4 M. using an Axopatch 200B amplifier (Axon Instruments). After establishing the whole-cell configuration, approximately 15 minutes were allowed for the pipette solution to equilibrate within the cell before beginning recording. Currents were lowpass filtered between 2-5 kHz and digitally sampled at 10 kHz. Series resistance was compensated 60-70% and was monitored continuously throughout the experiment. The liquid junction potential (−7 mV) between the intracellular pipette solution and the external recording solution was not accounted for in the data analysis. Test solutions were applied to the cells with a gravity driven fast perfusion system (SF-77; Warner Instruments).
  • Dose-response relationships were determined in voltage clamp mode by repeatedly depolarizing the cell from the experiment specific holding potential to a test potential of +20 mV for 50 ms at frequencies of 0.1, 1, 5, 10, 15, and 20 Hz. Blocking effects were allowed to plateau before proceeding to the next test concentration.
  • Solutions
  • Intracellular solution (in mM): Cs—F (130), NaCl (10), MgCl2 (1), EGTA (1.5), CaCl2 (0.1), HEPES (10), glucose (2), pH=7.42, 290 mOsm.
  • Extracellular solution (in mM): NaCl (138), BaCl2 (10), KCl (5.33), KH2PO4 (0.44), MgCl2 (0.5), MgSO4 (0.41), NaHCO3 (4), Na2HPO4 (0.3), glucose (5.6), HEPES (10).
  • Following these procedures, representative compounds of the present invention were found to possess desired N-type calcium channel modulation activity and selectivity.

Claims (4)

1. A compound selected from the following table:
# Compound 3
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00381
4
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00382
6
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00383
7
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00384
9
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00385
16
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00386
17
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00387
18
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00388
22
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00389
23
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00390
24
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00391
26
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00392
27
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00393
28
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00394
29
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00395
33
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00396
36
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00397
38
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00398
43
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00399
47
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00400
50
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00401
51
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00402
55
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00403
58
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00404
61
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00405
66
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00406
67
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00407
68
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00408
71
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00409
74
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00410
75
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00411
81
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00412
88
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00413
89
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00414
90
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00415
91
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00416
92
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00417
93
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00418
94
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00419
95
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00420
96
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00421
103
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00422
104
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00423
109
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00424
110
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00425
112
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00426
117
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00427
118
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00428
121
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00429
123
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00430
124
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00431
127
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00432
129
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00433
131
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00434
132
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00435
134
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00436
135
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00437
137
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00438
138
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00439
139
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00440
140
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00441
141
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00442
143
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00443
148
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00444
149
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00445
151
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00446
158
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00447
161
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00448
162
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00449
163
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00450
164
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00451
165
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00452
166
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00453
167
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00454
168
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00455
170
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00456
171
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00457
172
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00458
173
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00459
174
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00460
175
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00461
177
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00462
182
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00463
186
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00464
250
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00465
258
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00466
273
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00467
278
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00468
279
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00469
294
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00470
302
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00471
303
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00472
312
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00473
313
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00474
314
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00475
315
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00476
316
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00477
317
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00478
339
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00479
342
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00480
345
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00481
350
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00482
353
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00483
356
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00484
357
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00485
360
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00486
361
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00487
364
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00488
365
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00489
368
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00490
370
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00491
373
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00492
375
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00493
376
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00494
380
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00495
383
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00496
388
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00497
391
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00498
393
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00499
395
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00500
398
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00501
399
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00502
400
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00503
403
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00504
406
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00505
409
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00506
410
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00507
411
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00508
412
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00509
413
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00510
414
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00511
415
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00512
416
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00513
417
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00514
418
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00515
419
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00516
420
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00517
421
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00518
423
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00519
424
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00520
425
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00521
426
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00522
427
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00523
428
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00524
429
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00525
430
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00526
431
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00527
432
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00528
433
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00529
434
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00530
435
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00531
436
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00532
437
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00533
438
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00534
439
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00535
440
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00536
441
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00537
442
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00538
443
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00539
444
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00540
445
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00541
446
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00542
447
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00543
448
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00544
449
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00545
450
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00546
451
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00547
452
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00548
453
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00549
454
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00550
455
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00551
456
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00552
457
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00553
458
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00554
459
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00555
460
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00556
461
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00557
462
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00558
463
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00559
464
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00560
465
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00561
466
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00562
467
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00563
468
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00564
469
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00565
470
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00566
471
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00567
472
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00568
473
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00569
474
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00570
475
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00571
476
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00572
477
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00573
478
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00574
479
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00575
480
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00576
481
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00577
482
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00578
483
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00579
484
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00580
485
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00581
486
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00582
488
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00583
489
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00584
490
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00585
491
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00586
492
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00587
495
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00588
497
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00589
498
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00590
500
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00591
501
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00592
502
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00593
503
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00594
504
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00595
505
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00596
506
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00597
507
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00598
508
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00599
509
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00600
510
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00601
511
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00602
512
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00603
513
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00604
514
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00605
515
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00606
516
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00607
517
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00608
518
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00609
519
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00610
520
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00611
521
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00612
522
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00613
523
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00614
524
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00615
525
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00616
526
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00617
527
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00618
528
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00619
529
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00620
530
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00621
531
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00622
532
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00623
533
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00624
534
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00625
535
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00626
536
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00627
537
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00628
539
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00629
542
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00630
543
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00631
544
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00632
545
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00633
546
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00634
547
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00635
548
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00636
549
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00637
551
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00638
552
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00639
553
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00640
554
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00641
555
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00642
556
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00643
558
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00644
559
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00645
560
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00646
561
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00647
565
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00648
566
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00649
567
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00650
569
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00651
570
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00652
571
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00653
572
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00654
573
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00655
578
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00656
580
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00657
584
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00658
586
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00659
587
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00660
590
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00661
591
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00662
593
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00663
594
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00664
595
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00665
596
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00666
598
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00667
599
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00668
600
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00669
601
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00670
602
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00671
603
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00672
604
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00673
606
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00674
608
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00675
609
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00676
610
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00677
613
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00678
614
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00679
623
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00680
624
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00681
625
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00682
626
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00683
627
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00684
645
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00685
646
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00686
697
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00687
698
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00688
699
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00689
701
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00690
702
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00691
703
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00692
717
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00693
718
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00694
719
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00695
720
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00696
728
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00697
729
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00698
730
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00699
731
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00700
732
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00701
733
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00702
734
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00703
735
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00704
736
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00705
737
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00706
738
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00707
739
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00708
748
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00709
749
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00710
750
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00711
751
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00712
752
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00713
753
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00714
754
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00715
755
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00716
756
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00717
757
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00718
758
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00719
759
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00720
760
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00721
771
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00722
772
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00723
773
Figure US20130184258A1-20130718-C00724
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2-75. (canceled)
76. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 1, and a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant or carrier.
77-116. (canceled)
US13/661,337 2003-08-08 2012-10-26 Compositions Useful as Inhibitors of Voltage-Gated Sodium Channels Abandoned US20130184258A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/661,337 US20130184258A1 (en) 2003-08-08 2012-10-26 Compositions Useful as Inhibitors of Voltage-Gated Sodium Channels

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US49365903P 2003-08-08 2003-08-08
US58471704P 2004-07-01 2004-07-01
US10/914,988 US8202861B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2004-08-09 Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
US13/478,538 US8309543B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2012-05-23 Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
US13/661,337 US20130184258A1 (en) 2003-08-08 2012-10-26 Compositions Useful as Inhibitors of Voltage-Gated Sodium Channels

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/478,538 Continuation US8309543B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2012-05-23 Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20130184258A1 true US20130184258A1 (en) 2013-07-18

Family

ID=34138760

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/914,988 Active 2026-04-26 US8202861B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2004-08-09 Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
US13/478,538 Expired - Lifetime US8309543B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2012-05-23 Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
US13/661,337 Abandoned US20130184258A1 (en) 2003-08-08 2012-10-26 Compositions Useful as Inhibitors of Voltage-Gated Sodium Channels

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/914,988 Active 2026-04-26 US8202861B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2004-08-09 Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
US13/478,538 Expired - Lifetime US8309543B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2012-05-23 Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (3) US8202861B2 (en)
EP (3) EP2332912A1 (en)
JP (2) JP2007501804A (en)
KR (1) KR20060073930A (en)
AR (1) AR045238A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2004263179B8 (en)
CA (1) CA2539227A1 (en)
IL (1) IL173602A0 (en)
NO (1) NO20061092L (en)
NZ (2) NZ545710A (en)
PE (1) PE20050358A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200524888A (en)
WO (1) WO2005013914A2 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8841282B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2014-09-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrrolidinone benzenesulfonamide derivatives as modulators of ion channels
US8883766B2 (en) 2007-05-25 2014-11-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Ion channel modulators and methods of use
WO2020160464A1 (en) * 2019-02-01 2020-08-06 Marshall University Research Corporation Transient receptor potential melastatin 8 (trpm8) antagonists and related methods

Families Citing this family (127)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100860581B1 (en) 2002-05-18 2008-09-26 엘지전자 주식회사 Multicast Data Transmission Method
KR20030097559A (en) 2002-06-22 2003-12-31 엘지전자 주식회사 Multimedia service method for universal mobile telecommication system
US7615563B2 (en) * 2003-08-08 2009-11-10 Gonzalez Iii Jesus E Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
TW200524888A (en) * 2003-08-08 2005-08-01 Vertex Pharma Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated ion channels
KR100595646B1 (en) 2004-01-09 2006-07-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Wireless communication system that provides MBMS service
US7507860B2 (en) 2004-04-13 2009-03-24 Pfizer Inc. Androgen modulators
BRPI0509980A (en) 2004-04-22 2007-10-16 Warner Lambert Co androgen modulators
MXPA06015169A (en) 2004-07-08 2007-08-21 Warner Lambert Co Androgen modulators.
US7671077B2 (en) * 2004-07-19 2010-03-02 Leu-Fen Hou Lin Neuroprotective small organic molecules, compositions and uses related thereto
AU2005290436A1 (en) * 2004-10-01 2006-04-13 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co.,Ltd 2-arylcarboxamide-nitrogeneous heterocycle compound
EP1836169B9 (en) 2004-12-28 2012-07-04 Kinex Pharmaceuticals, LLC Compositions and methods of treating cell proliferation disorders
US7968574B2 (en) 2004-12-28 2011-06-28 Kinex Pharmaceuticals, Llc Biaryl compositions and methods for modulating a kinase cascade
WO2006095922A1 (en) * 2005-03-10 2006-09-14 Kyoto Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Tetrahydroisoquinoline compound and medicinal use thereof
WO2006095822A1 (en) * 2005-03-11 2006-09-14 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Sulfonamide compound and pharmaceutical thereof
WO2006104751A2 (en) * 2005-03-30 2006-10-05 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Methods and compositions for modulating rho-mediated gene transcription
JP2008534630A (en) * 2005-04-08 2008-08-28 ニューロメッド ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Method of combination therapy including N-type calcium channel blockers for pain relief
AU2006244206A1 (en) * 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Bicyclic derivatives as modulators of ion channels
RU2007146769A (en) 2005-05-16 2009-06-27 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед (Us) BICYCLIC DERIVATIVES AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MODULATORS OF ION CHANNELS
MX2007015726A (en) 2005-06-09 2008-03-04 Vertex Pharma Indane derivatives as modulators of ion channels.
CA2620179C (en) 2005-08-16 2013-10-29 Icagen, Inc. Inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
WO2007030618A2 (en) * 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Bicyclic derivatives as modulators of voltage gated ion channels
ES2383090T3 (en) * 2005-10-12 2012-06-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Biphenyl derivatives as modulators of voltage-dependent ion channels
US7842819B2 (en) * 2005-10-21 2010-11-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Derivatives for modulation of ion channels
JP2009514868A (en) * 2005-11-02 2009-04-09 イカジェン インコーポレイテッド Ion channel inhibitors
EP2316829A1 (en) * 2005-12-21 2011-05-04 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocyclic derivatives as modulators of ion channels
RU2470012C2 (en) 2006-04-11 2012-12-20 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
AU2007265373B2 (en) 2006-06-29 2013-02-21 Atnx Spv, Llc Biaryl compositions and methods for modulating a kinase cascade
US7994338B2 (en) 2006-08-16 2011-08-09 The J. David Gladstone Institutes Small molecule inhibitors of kynurenine-3-monooxygenase
EP2420494B1 (en) * 2006-08-16 2014-10-08 The J. David Gladstone Institutes, A Testamentary Trust Established under The Will of J. David Gladstone Use of thiadiazole compounds as inhibitors of kynurenine-3-monooxygenase
AU2007318922C1 (en) * 2006-11-07 2013-09-12 Proteologics Ltd. Pyrimidine derivatives as POSH and POSH-AP inhibitors
TWI457336B (en) 2006-12-28 2014-10-21 Kinex Pharmaceuticals Llc Composition and methods for modulating a kinase cascade
US7939529B2 (en) 2007-05-17 2011-05-10 Kinex Pharmaceuticals, Llc Process for the preparation of compositions for modulating a kinase cascade and methods of use thereof
US7935697B2 (en) 2006-12-28 2011-05-03 Kinex Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions for modulating a kinase cascade and methods of use thereof
US8729059B2 (en) * 2007-02-09 2014-05-20 Emory University Paramyxovirus family inhibitors and methods of use thereof
DE602008000809D1 (en) 2007-03-23 2010-04-29 Icagen Inc Ion channel inhibitors
WO2008130323A1 (en) * 2007-04-23 2008-10-30 Astrazeneca Ab Novel 8-piperazine-tetrahydronaphtalene derivatives for the treatment of pain
SA08290245B1 (en) * 2007-04-23 2012-02-12 استرازينيكا ايه بي Novel n- (8-Heteroaryltetrahydronaphtalene-2-Y1) or N- (5- Heteroarylchromane-3-Y1) Carboxamide Derivatives for the Treatment of Pain
WO2008130322A1 (en) * 2007-04-23 2008-10-30 Astrazeneca Ab Novel 5-heterocyclyl-chromane derivatives for the treatment of pain
WO2008130319A2 (en) * 2007-04-23 2008-10-30 Astrazeneca Ab Novel n-tetrahydronaphtalene or n-chromane carboxamide derivatives for the treatment of pain
WO2008130321A2 (en) * 2007-04-23 2008-10-30 Astrazeneca Ab Novel n-tetrahydronaphtalene or 5-heterocyclyl-chromane or 8-heterocyclyl-tetrahydronaphtalene derivatives for the treatment of pain
WO2009009041A2 (en) 2007-07-06 2009-01-15 Kinex Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions and methods for modulating a kinase cascade
WO2009012241A1 (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-01-22 Icagen, Inc. Sodium channel inhibitors
US8124610B2 (en) 2007-07-13 2012-02-28 Icagen Inc. Sodium channel inhibitors
WO2009016081A2 (en) * 2007-08-02 2009-02-05 Actar Ab Benzoind0l-2-one derivatives for use in therapy
US7994174B2 (en) * 2007-09-19 2011-08-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyridyl sulfonamides as modulators of ion channels
AU2008310661A1 (en) * 2007-10-11 2009-04-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Amides useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
NZ584519A (en) * 2007-10-11 2012-07-27 Vertex Pharma Aryl amides useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
EP2227453B1 (en) 2007-10-11 2016-03-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heteroaryl amides useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
JP2011503191A (en) * 2007-11-13 2011-01-27 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Heterocyclic derivatives as modulators of ion channels
CN101565418B (en) * 2008-04-23 2011-09-28 华东理工大学 Amide derivative and purpose thereof
US20110031892A1 (en) * 2008-04-30 2011-02-10 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Lighting device and display device
WO2010002956A2 (en) * 2008-07-01 2010-01-07 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocyclic derivatives as modulators of ion channels
WO2010033824A1 (en) * 2008-09-19 2010-03-25 Icagen, Inc. Sulfonamide derivatives as inhibitors of ion channels
WO2010035166A1 (en) * 2008-09-23 2010-04-01 Pfizer Limited Benzamide derivatives
EA020460B1 (en) 2009-01-12 2014-11-28 Пфайзер Лимитед Sulfonamide derivatives
CA2796419C (en) 2010-04-16 2018-11-06 Kinex Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of cancer
US8722731B2 (en) 2010-06-07 2014-05-13 Novomedix, Llc Furanyl compounds and the use thereof
WO2012004714A2 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 Pfizer Limited Chemical compounds
EP2590951B1 (en) 2010-07-09 2015-01-07 Pfizer Limited Benzenesulfonamides useful as sodium channel inhibitors
EP2590972B1 (en) 2010-07-09 2015-01-21 Pfizer Limited N-sulfonylbenzamides as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
JP2013536165A (en) 2010-07-12 2013-09-19 ファイザー・リミテッド Sulfonamide derivatives as NAV 1.7 inhibitors for the treatment of pain
CA2801032A1 (en) 2010-07-12 2012-01-19 Pfizer Limited N-sulfonylbenzamide derivatives useful as voltage gated sodium channel inhibitors
JP2013532186A (en) 2010-07-12 2013-08-15 ファイザー・リミテッド Compound
US9102621B2 (en) 2010-07-12 2015-08-11 Pfizer Limited Acyl sulfonamide compounds
CA2804716A1 (en) 2010-07-12 2012-01-19 Pfizer Limited Chemical compounds
WO2012095781A1 (en) 2011-01-13 2012-07-19 Pfizer Limited Indazole derivatives as sodium channel inhibitors
US9340590B2 (en) 2011-03-16 2016-05-17 Amgen Inc. Potent and selective inhibitors of NaV1.3 and NaV1.7
US9499488B2 (en) 2011-07-11 2016-11-22 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Vitamin D receptor agonists and uses thereof
WO2013063012A1 (en) 2011-10-24 2013-05-02 Emory University Myxovirus therapeutics, compounds, and uses related thereto
KR20140105445A (en) 2011-10-31 2014-09-01 제논 파마슈티칼스 인크. Biaryl ether sulfonamides and their use as therapeutic agents
BR112014010271A2 (en) 2011-10-31 2017-04-18 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc benzenesulfonamide compounds and their use as therapeutic agents
WO2013088315A1 (en) * 2011-12-15 2013-06-20 Pfizer Limited Sulfonamide derivatives
WO2013093688A1 (en) 2011-12-19 2013-06-27 Pfizer Limited Sulfonamide derivatives and use thereof as vgsc inhibitors
US20150291514A1 (en) 2012-01-04 2015-10-15 Pfizer Limted N-Aminosulfonyl Benzamides
TW201400446A (en) 2012-05-22 2014-01-01 Genentech Inc N-substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
CA2878478A1 (en) 2012-07-06 2014-01-09 Genentech, Inc. N-substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
HUE037637T2 (en) 2012-08-30 2018-09-28 Athenex Inc N-(3-fluorobenzyl)-2-(5-(4-morpholinophenyl)pyridin-2-yl) acetamide as protein tyrosine kinase modulators
TWI598325B (en) 2012-10-12 2017-09-11 H 朗德貝克公司 Benzoamide
TW201427947A (en) 2012-10-12 2014-07-16 Lundbeck & Co As H Cyclic amines
CA2887845C (en) 2012-10-15 2020-12-15 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Sodium channel blockers, preparation method thereof and use thereof
NZ710111A (en) * 2013-01-31 2020-08-28 Vertex Pharma Quinoline and quinoxaline amides as modulators of sodium channels
EP3865475A1 (en) 2013-01-31 2021-08-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process for preparing pyridone amides which are modulators of sodium channels and intermediate compounds used therein
EP2970408B1 (en) 2013-03-12 2018-01-10 Amgen Inc. Potent and selective inhibitors of nav1.7
AR096927A1 (en) 2013-03-12 2016-02-10 Amgen Inc POWERFUL AND SELECTIVE INHIBITORS OF NaV1.7
CN105263490B (en) 2013-03-14 2018-05-22 基因泰克公司 Substituted triazolopyridines and methods of use thereof
JP6227112B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-11-08 ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド Substituted benzoxazole and methods of use
CA2918365C (en) 2013-07-19 2021-09-07 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Sulfonamides as modulators of sodium channels
US9630896B2 (en) 2013-11-22 2017-04-25 Tansna Therapeutics, Inc. 2,5-dialkyl-4-H/halo/ether-phenol compounds
WO2015078374A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-06-04 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
WO2015077905A1 (en) 2013-11-29 2015-06-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Bicycloamine-substituted-n-benzenesulfonamide compounds with selective activity in voltage-gated sodium channels
AP2016009287A0 (en) * 2013-12-13 2016-06-30 Vertex Pharma Prodrugs of pyridone amides useful as modulators of sodium channels
CN105130970B (en) * 2014-05-30 2019-06-25 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 N- sulfonyl homoserine lactone analog derivative, preparation method and use
EP3166939B1 (en) 2014-07-07 2019-06-05 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
MA42118A (en) 2015-05-22 2018-03-28 Genentech Inc BENZAMIDES SUBSTITUTED AND THEIR METHODS OF USE
EP3341353A1 (en) 2015-08-27 2018-07-04 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
KR20180067561A (en) 2015-09-28 2018-06-20 제넨테크, 인크. Therapeutic compounds and methods for their use
EP3368509A4 (en) * 2015-10-30 2019-05-01 Trillium Therapeutics Inc. Fluorinated amide derivatives and their uses as therapeutic agents
US10899732B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2021-01-26 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides useful as sodium channel blockers
CR20180322A (en) * 2015-12-18 2018-08-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme DIAMINE-ARILSULFONAMIDE COMPOUNDS REPLACED WITH HYDROXIALYCHILAMINE AND HYDROXYCYCALYLAMINE WITH SELECTIVE ACTIVITY IN VOLTAGE ACTIVATED SODIUM CHANNELS
JP2019502688A (en) * 2015-12-18 2019-01-31 メルク・シャープ・アンド・ドーム・コーポレーションMerck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Diamino-alkylamino-linked arylsulfonamide compounds having selective activity in voltage-gated sodium channels
WO2017172802A1 (en) 2016-03-30 2017-10-05 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
ES3022639T3 (en) 2016-05-20 2025-05-28 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc Benzenesulfonamide compounds and their use as therapeutic agents
CR20190236A (en) * 2016-10-17 2019-09-09 Genentech Inc Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
JP7022751B2 (en) 2016-12-09 2022-02-18 ゼノン・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Benzene sulfonamide compounds and their use as therapeutic agents
EP3601273B1 (en) 2017-03-24 2021-12-01 Genentech, Inc. 4-piperidin-n-(pyrimidin-4-yl)chroman-7-sulfonamide derivatives as sodium channel inhibitors
CA3063901A1 (en) 2017-05-16 2018-11-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Deuterated pyridone amides and prodrugs thereof as modulators of sodium channels
EP3412652A1 (en) * 2017-06-06 2018-12-12 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) Inhibitors of rac1 and uses thereof for treating cancers
EP3412651A1 (en) 2017-06-06 2018-12-12 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) Inhibitors of rac1 and uses thereof for inducing bronchodilatation
JP2019099550A (en) * 2017-12-07 2019-06-24 学校法人兵庫医科大学 Sucrose absorption inhibitor, ChREBP inhibitor and use thereof
CA3091012A1 (en) 2018-02-12 2019-08-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated A method of treating pain
WO2019165290A1 (en) 2018-02-26 2019-08-29 Genentech, Inc. Pyridine-sulfonamide compounds and their use against pain and related conditions
US10947251B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2021-03-16 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
TW202003490A (en) 2018-05-22 2020-01-16 瑞士商赫孚孟拉羅股份公司 Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US10745392B2 (en) 2018-06-13 2020-08-18 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Benzenesulfonamide compounds and their use as therapeutic agents
GB201810092D0 (en) 2018-06-20 2018-08-08 Ctxt Pty Ltd Compounds
GB201810581D0 (en) 2018-06-28 2018-08-15 Ctxt Pty Ltd Compounds
WO2020014246A1 (en) 2018-07-09 2020-01-16 Lieber Institute, Inc. Pyridine carboxamide compounds for inhibiting nav1.8
KR102840599B1 (en) 2018-07-09 2025-07-29 리버 인스티튜트, 아이엔씨 Pyridazine compounds for inhibiting Nav1.8
EP3844158A1 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-07-07 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Heteroaryl-substituted sulfonamide compounds and their use as sodium channel inhibitors
BR112021000209A2 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-08-24 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Heteroaryl Substituted Sulphonamide Compounds and Their Use as Therapeutic Agents
GEP20237568B (en) 2018-11-02 2023-11-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Llc 2-amino-n-heteroaryl-nicotinamides as nav1.8 inhibitors
EP3946301A4 (en) * 2019-04-02 2023-08-09 The University of Chicago REMODILINS FOR RESPIRATORY TRACT REMODELING AND ORGAN FIBROSIS
HUE064683T2 (en) 2019-06-18 2024-04-28 Pfizer Benzoxazole sulfonamide derivatives
JOP20220130A1 (en) 2019-12-06 2023-01-30 Vertex Pharma Substituted tetrahydrofurans as modulators of sodium channels
CN113527281B (en) * 2020-04-20 2023-12-22 昆山彭济凯丰生物科技有限公司 Heterocyclic compounds, process for their preparation and their use
EP4167993A4 (en) * 2020-06-17 2024-07-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme LLC 5-OXOPYRROLIDINE-3-CARBOXAMIDE AS NAV1.8 INHIBITORS
WO2022256622A1 (en) 2021-06-04 2022-12-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated N-(hydroxyalkyl (hetero)aryl) tetrahydrofuran carboxamides as modulators of sodium channels

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2430051A (en) * 1944-08-16 1947-11-04 Hoffmann La Roche Soluble sulfanilamide derivatives and process of preparing them
FR1537695A (en) * 1967-02-23 1968-08-30 Ferlux New n-phenylsulfonamide carbonamide chromones and process for their manufacture
US5304121A (en) 1990-12-28 1994-04-19 Boston Scientific Corporation Drug delivery system making use of a hydrogel polymer coating
US5360802A (en) * 1992-05-11 1994-11-01 Merck Sharpe & Dohme Ltd. Benzodiazepine derivatives, compositions containing them and their use in therapy
US5994341A (en) 1993-07-19 1999-11-30 Angiogenesis Technologies, Inc. Anti-angiogenic Compositions and methods for the treatment of arthritis
US6099562A (en) 1996-06-13 2000-08-08 Schneider (Usa) Inc. Drug coating with topcoat
WO1999031096A1 (en) * 1997-12-18 1999-06-24 Shaman Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperazine derivatives useful as hypoglycemic agents
US6420391B1 (en) * 1998-04-01 2002-07-16 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Fused thiophone derivatives and drugs containing the same as the active ingredient
AU7031500A (en) * 1999-09-23 2001-04-24 Astrazeneca Ab Therapeutic quinazoline compounds
FI116940B (en) * 2001-07-20 2006-04-13 Juvantia Pharma Ltd Oy New N-pyrimidinyl para-aminobenzenesulfonamide derivatives as Alpha-2B adrenoceptor antagonists, useful for treating e.g. coronary heart disease, myocardial infarction, angina, restenosis and hypertension
JP2005501873A (en) * 2001-07-31 2005-01-20 バイエル・ヘルスケア・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Amine derivatives
SE0103644D0 (en) * 2001-11-01 2001-11-01 Astrazeneca Ab Therapeutic isoquinoline compounds
GB0218625D0 (en) * 2002-08-10 2002-09-18 Astex Technology Ltd Pharmaceutical compounds
US7615563B2 (en) * 2003-08-08 2009-11-10 Gonzalez Iii Jesus E Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
TW200524888A (en) * 2003-08-08 2005-08-01 Vertex Pharma Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated ion channels
US7671077B2 (en) * 2004-07-19 2010-03-02 Leu-Fen Hou Lin Neuroprotective small organic molecules, compositions and uses related thereto

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Deliwala et al., Proceedings - Indian Academy of Sciences, Section A (1950), 31A, 117-123 *
English abstract of Tulechi et al., Poznanskie Roczniki Medyczne (1985), Volume 1982-1983, 6-7, 85-95 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8883766B2 (en) 2007-05-25 2014-11-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Ion channel modulators and methods of use
US8841282B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2014-09-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrrolidinone benzenesulfonamide derivatives as modulators of ion channels
WO2020160464A1 (en) * 2019-02-01 2020-08-06 Marshall University Research Corporation Transient receptor potential melastatin 8 (trpm8) antagonists and related methods

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20120238578A1 (en) 2012-09-20
AU2004263179B2 (en) 2011-06-30
NZ545710A (en) 2010-02-26
PE20050358A1 (en) 2005-05-16
JP2007501804A (en) 2007-02-01
JP2011032294A (en) 2011-02-17
EP2327701A1 (en) 2011-06-01
AR045238A1 (en) 2005-10-19
WO2005013914A2 (en) 2005-02-17
KR20060073930A (en) 2006-06-29
US8202861B2 (en) 2012-06-19
AU2004263179A1 (en) 2005-02-17
AU2004263179B8 (en) 2011-07-14
EP1673357A2 (en) 2006-06-28
CA2539227A1 (en) 2005-02-17
WO2005013914A8 (en) 2006-09-28
AU2004263179A8 (en) 2011-07-14
NZ579370A (en) 2011-06-30
US8309543B2 (en) 2012-11-13
TW200524888A (en) 2005-08-01
EP2332912A1 (en) 2011-06-15
WO2005013914A3 (en) 2005-07-21
US20050137190A1 (en) 2005-06-23
NO20061092L (en) 2006-04-27
IL173602A0 (en) 2006-07-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8309543B2 (en) Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
US8153655B2 (en) Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels
US7968545B2 (en) Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated ion channels
US7678802B2 (en) Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
JP2007501804A5 (en)
US8362032B2 (en) Bicyclic derivatives as modulators of ion channels
CN101643458A (en) Heteroarylaminosulfonylphenyl derivatives for use as sodium or calcium channel blockers in the treatment of pain
AU2008302205A1 (en) Pyridyl sulfonamides as modulators of ion channels
US7713983B2 (en) Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
US20100249100A1 (en) Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
HK1141277A (en) Heteroarylaminosulfonylphenyl derivatives for use as sodium or calcium channel blockers in the treatment of pain
HK1098461A (en) Heteroarylaminosulfonylphenyl derivatives for use as sodium or calcium channel blockers in the treatment of pain

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GONZALEZ, JESUS E., III;TERMIN, ANDREAS P.;MARTINBOROUGH, ESTHER;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:031668/0737

Effective date: 20041116

AS Assignment

Owner name: MACQUARIE US TRADING LLC, NEW YORK

Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED;VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS (SAN DIEGO) LLC;REEL/FRAME:033292/0311

Effective date: 20140709

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:MACQUARIE US TRADING LLC;REEL/FRAME:040357/0001

Effective date: 20161013

Owner name: VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS (SAN DIEGO) LLC, CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:MACQUARIE US TRADING LLC;REEL/FRAME:040357/0001

Effective date: 20161013